Anda di halaman 1dari 195

the RFI

Multicoupling
Catalogue

Multicoupling Systems

T-Pass
Hybrid Multicoupling

9
46

Receiver Multicouplers

50

Preselectors
Distribution Systems
Tower Mounted Systems

51
72
79

Cavity Filters

84

Cavity Accessories
Cavity Mechanics

101
102

Duplexers

103

Rebroadcast Systems

129

System Products

139

Crossband couplers
Hybrid/Directional couplers
Isolators/Circulators
Low Pass/Harmonic Filters
Power Dividers/Splitters
RF Loads
RF Terminators
RF Attenuators

140
144
150
153
155
157
159
160

Engineering Services

162

Mounting Hardware

165

Tech Support

172

Multicoupling
Systems
There are two major components in typical multi-channel
multicoupling systems - Transmitter Multicouplers (Combiners) and
Receiver Multicouplers.
In our Transmitter Multicoupler range, RFI offers the outstanding T-Pass
technology that delivers unparalleled levels of performance, expandability,
and frequency flexibility. We also offer other harnessed cavity filter and
hybrid coupler based designs. Our Receiver Multicoupler range includes
cavity filter and combline based receiver preselectors, and low-noise highperformance preamplifiers with expandable multichannel distribution
capability.
We supply multicoupling configurations for single or multiple antenna
systems and single or multiband multicoupling to suit distributed antenna
and radiating cable systems for in-building and in-tunnel communications.
RFI have a respected expertise in multicoupling systems design and with
our unique design/R&D/manufacturing capability we can provide
customised solutions to suit any application.
A sampling of our standard product is shown in this catalogue and we can
supply products for most frequencies - from below 30MHz to over
2400MHz. If you require a multicoupling system solution not shown in this
catalogue, please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for
further assistance.

Multicouplers

General
RFI can provide a range of multicoupling technologies to satisfy most
requirements. We offer the outstanding T-Pass, hybrid coupler and harnessed
multicoupler designs. We can also provide system designs that incorporate a
combination of these technologies to ensure that we provide you with the best
overall solution - whatever your requirements.
Over many years RFI has developed an industry-leading expertise in the design
and manufacturing of multicoupling systems. This background enables us to
provide solutions to satisfy a range of diverse applications - from simple single
channel installations through to the most complex of multi-channel and multi-band
systems applications.

T-Pass
The U.S. patented T-Pass multicoupling technology is available for most
frequency bands from 66 to 1000MHz offering unprecedented design and
installation flexibility within the bandwidth of the antenna or distribution system
chosen. T-Pass multicouplers utilise innovative three-port bandpass cavities and
ferrite isolators to provide unique advantages over ordinary cavity/ferrite
combiners.
However, unlike ordinary cavity/ferrite combiners, T-Pass multicouplers are
inherently expandable, broadband and easily adaptable to the most difficult
simplex and/or duplex system design requirements.
Note: For a full introduction to T-Pass technology please refer to the Technical
Support section at the rear of this catalogue or visit our web site at www.rfi.com.au

Superior Expandability and Bandwidth

Ordinary cavity/ferrite combiners rely upon quarterwave cable transformers,


resonant stubs and star junctions for combining groups of two or more channels.
Mechanical problems quickly develop in the process of trying to locate several
groups of cavities in close proximity to each other. Additionally, because of the
frequency-sensitive, narrowband nature of the cable transformers, operating
bandwidths are usually restricted to about 6% of system centre frequency.
While larger bandwidths can be managed in such combiners, system losses rise
due to harness mismatches. The broader the operating bandwidth the more
severe this mismatch becomes with power being dissipated as heat in all
components of the combiner.
T-Pass multicoupler systems can be started at any numbers of channels (even
one) and can be expanded one or more channels at a time with factory-tuned,
easy-to-install expansion channel assemblies. Expansion is usually accomplished
without modifications to the existing system and typically requires nothing more
than adding each new channel assembly, in any position. New channel
frequencies can be above, below, or between any existing channel frequencies
(any order).
T-Pass channel interconnect cables are optimised to their own channel
frequency. No compromises are necessary to accommodate other channel
frequencies. Channel frequencies can therefore span across a very broad
frequency range.

Multicouplers

Superior Flexibility of Design


The nature of T-Pass combining makes it easy to tailor each individual channels
frequency response to satisfy the most challenging simplex, duplex, transmit,
receive or combined transmit/receive requirements.
Bandpass, Vari-Notch or Series-Notch cavity filters can be added to the TPass cavity to provide tailored responses on any individual channel in the
combiner. Such multi-cavity channels can be integrated into systems as easily as
standard single cavity channels and T-Pass expandability is fully retained in
systems where multi-cavity channels are used.

Predictable T-Pass System Performance

T-Pass channel insertion loss consists of the same components as ordinary


cavity/ferrite combiner loss: cavity loss at resonance, isolator forward loss, cable
loss, and a selectivity-dependent "bridging loss" that is due to the interaction
among channel filters.
The predictable behaviour of T-Pass channels allows systematic determination
of system insertion loss.

Applications

T-Pass multicoupler systems are ideal in a wide variety of analogue and digital
communications applications including, but not restricted to the following;

Multi-User radio sites containing co-located VHF, UHF, 800 and 900MHz
equipment.

Radio Paging, Wireless Data and other data transmission systems.

Multi-Channel VHF and UHF radio-telephone systems


(i.e. MTS, IMTS, NMT-450 cellular, rural), base stations and repeaters.

VHF, UHF, 800 and 900MHz trunking systems;

220MHz, ACSB trunking systems.

Radio Links, VHF, UHF, 800 and 900MHz SCADA, telemetry, control, and data
transmission systems.

Multi-channel, multi-band multicoupling systems for in-building and in-tunnel


communications systems.
Long-term dependability and Support

Since their introduction, T-Pass multicoupler systems have become the


preferred choice of many government agencies, commercial site owners and
operators throughout the world. Expansion channels are regularly sold for
systems that were originally installed more than twenty years ago.

Customised Solutions

Systems are designed and constructed in our factory from a piece part level. This
building-block approach allows the customisation of unique solutions to any
applications requirements. The modular nature of our product range provides
unprecedented flexibility.

Multicouplers

Rugged, High Quality Construction

All T-Pass systems are built utilising TX RX Systems' field-proven, temperaturecompensated cavities. Setting cavity insertion loss is facilitated by the provision
of adjustable silver plated coupling loops. The combinations of heavy-gauge
aluminium outer conductor, thick heliarc-welded cavity top plates, silver plating on
microfinished tuning assemblies and Invar based temperature compensation
results in high performance and excellent long-term reliability.
The isolators used within T-Pass systems provide superior isolation and low
insertion loss under continuous power. All isolator loads are conservatively rated
for continuous operation at maximum specified power.
As standard, cavity and isolator connectors are N-type with non-ferro magnetic
platings and all connecting cables are made with high quality, double-shielded and
silver-plated cable to provide superior intermodulation performance at high system
power levels.

Compact Peg Rack Mounting System

We recommend the unique Peg Rack mounting of standard T-Pass multicoupler


systems. Peg Racks can securely hold more channels per given volume than
standard 483mm (19) racks or cabinet mounting arrangements.
Peg racks also allow unrestricted access to all system components, facilitating
simpler installation, expansion and maintenance.
Various 483mm (19) rack mounting styles are also available for those applications
where standardised racking is a site requirement.

Additional Information

See the Seminar Subjects papers located on our website, www.rfi.com.au,


for additional information on T-Pass multicoupler systems.

Harnessed "Star" Combiners


"Star" combiners typically utilise a multi-port junction to join several bandpass
cavities together. Each cable in the harness is a length representing the mean of
all of the frequencies combined.
As a result, the accuracy of matching across a broad bandwidth is limited, with
insertion losses rising accordingly.
In some applications that utilise limited channels such as small in-plant systems
with only a few channels spread across a narrow span of spectrum, the use of
harnessed combiners may be recommended - despite their limited expansion
capabilities and restrictive bandwidth.
Also, some systems may be designed around smaller filter types which are not
offered in T-Pass configurations. In such cases, the use of a Star Combiner may
be a space-efficient proposition for specific applications.
RFI offers multi-channel Star Combiner systems and supports their use in
applications where their limitations do not compromise system design and
performance objectives - or future expandability. As such, each system is usually
custom designed, manufactured and tuned to specific characteristics.

Multicouplers

Hybrid Coupler Combiners


RFI supply hybrid coupler based transmitter multicouplers in a range of frequency
bands and input power ratings to suit many different applications.
A hybrid coupler is a multi-port device that provides an alternative to cavity filter
combining techniques.
Single or multiple hybrid couplers can be used to construct a frequency agile
combiner that can accommodate very close frequency spacings - even adjacent
channels! A portion of the input power of each channel is dissipated within the
combiner loads, thus insertion losses are higher when compared to a cavity
based combiner.
Compatibility with frequency agile equipment such as trunking and military
systems and the ability to accommodate closely spaced channel frequencies are
the key features of a RFI Hybrid Coupler Combiner system.
In addition, hybrid coupler based multicouplers may often be constructed into
smaller areas than traditional cavity based equivalent multicoupler systems. As
a result, hybrid coupler multicouplers are particularly suited to in-plant systems
utilising few RF channels and where small size is often a desirable prerequisite.
Each input port accepts any channel frequency within the operational range
without the limited tuned bandwidth restrictions of cavity based combiners,
making it ideal for digital, wideband and frequency hopping technologies as well
as conventional analogue systems.
Quality design and manufacturing ensures that these systems provide reliable
long term operation.
Hybrid combiners are available in most frequency bands in standard model
configurations of two to six channels that use industry standard flush front mount
3RU enclosures. Larger channel capacities and multi-band models are available
upon request.

Summary
RFI design, manufacture and supply one of the most extensive ranges of
multicoupling technologies in todays marketplace.
Please contact RFI to discuss your combining requirements and to identify
whether a T-Pass, Star or Hybrid combiner will provide the best overall solution
for your application.
Utilising the many combining technologies available in our product range, we can
supply an off-the shelf or customised multicoupler solution to suit any application.

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


66-88 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to
VHF base station applications. Each channel comprises of a single
cavity filter and a dual isolator. This configuration is for systems
employing separate transmit and receive antennas.

Superior full-band expandability


Flexibility of design configuration
Suitable for narrow/wideband channels
Low insertion loss at minimum separations
RFI Systems support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP0608 Series T-Pass
(Shown Peg Rack mounted)

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TP0608-1612-11

TP0608-1112-11

Frequency Range
Cavity Type and Diameter

66-88 MHz
wave, 6.625 (168mm)

wave, 10 (254mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher rating available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150W

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

90 KHz @ -1.5 dB
50 KHz @ -2.5 dB

70 KHz @ -1.5 dB
35 KHz @ -2.5 dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Dependent on cavity insertion loss (See Curves)

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

11.3Kg (25lbs)

16.3Kg (36lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
9

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


66-88 MHz
T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss
The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625
inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors,
excellent noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at
a minimum separation of 50KHz. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channel(s) in a T-Pass system
to customise an individual channels response if required.
Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 66-88 MHz

Tx Noise Suppression

Channel Insertion Loss


Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-5

12

-3.2

-3.4

-3.6

-4.0

-3.5

-3.9

-4.4

-4.7

-3.6

-4.3

-4.8

-5.1

-10

125 KHz

-1.5

150W

100 KHz
75 KHz

-2.0

135W

-4.1

-4.7

-5.3

-5.6

50 KHz

-2.5

135W

-4.7

-5.5

-6.3

-7.3

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 66-88 MHz

Tx Noise Suppression

Channel Insertion Loss


0

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

-5

12

-3.2

-3.3

-3.6

-4.0

-3.3

-3.7

-4.0

-4.3

100 KHz

-3.4

-3.8

-4.2

-4.6

75 KHz

-3.6

-4.2

-4.7

-5.0

-3.8

-4.9

-5.4

-5.8

-10

125 KHz
-1.5

50 KHz

-2.0

150W

135W

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

TP0608 Series model

www.rfi.com.au
10

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


66-88 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited
to the often challenging frequency plans for VHF base station
applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the
transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single
(shared) transmit and receive antennas or where additional transmitter
noise or carrier suppression is required. Transmit channels may be
ordered complete with dual isolators.

Suitable for single antenna systems


TP0608 Series T-Pass
Transmit only channel

Suitable for simplex or duplex channels


Flexibility of design
Suitable for narrow/wideband channels
Low insertion loss
RFI Systems support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

TP0608 Series T-Pass


Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

Receive / Transmit / Simplex

TP0608-2612-11

TP0608-2610-11

Frequency Range

66-88 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

90 KHz @ -2.5 dB
50 KHz @ -3.5 dB

2MHz typical

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 50KHz

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Dependent on cavity insertion loss

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)


Weight (Typical per-channel)
Shipping

Refer Cavity Mechanics section


19Kg (41.8lbs)

16Kg (35lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Note: 254mm (10) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.

www.rfi.com.au
11

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


88-108 MHz
These T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally
suited to the multicoupling requirements of low and medium power FM
Broadcast applications. Each of the channels comprise of a single
cavity and a dual isolator to provide a narrow passband response
suitable for narrowband modulation transmission. Higher power
models are also available upon request.

Ideal for narrowband broadcast radio


Low insertion loss
Long-term reliability
RFI Systems support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

TP0810 Series T-Pass

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TP0810-1612-11

TP0810-1112-11

Frequency Range
Cavity Type and Diameter

88-108 MHz
wave, 6.625 (168mm)

wave, 10 (254mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150W

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

90 KHz @ -1.5 dB
50 KHz @ -2.5 dB

70 KHz @ -1.5 dB
35 KHz @ -2.5 dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Dependent on cavity insertion loss (See Curves)

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

10Kg (22lbs)

14Kg (34lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
12

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


88-108 MHz
T-Pass Channel Insertion Loss
The typical channel losses specified in the tables below are for equally-spaced channels only. Channel loss may
be higher or lower in multicouplers where Tx-Tx separation varies from one channel to another. Contact RFI for
T-Pass channel loss specifications based on your actual frequency plan.

T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss


The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625
inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent
noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum
separation of 75KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be
cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass system to customise an individual channels response if required.
Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 88-108 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss


Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-5

12

-3.2

-3.4

-3.6

-4.0

-3.5

-3.9

-4.4

-4.7

-3.6

-4.3

-4.8

-5.1

-10

125 KHz

-1.5

150W

100 KHz
75 KHz

-2.0

135W

-4.1

-4.7

-5.3

-5.6

50 KHz

-2.5

135W

-4.7

-5.5

-6.3

-7.3

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 88-108 MHz

Tx Noise Suppression

Channel Insertion Loss


Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

-5

12

1 KHz

-3.2

-3.3

-3.6

-4.0

125 KHz

-3.3

-3.7

-4.0

-4.3

100 KHz

-3.4

-3.8

-4.2

-4.6

75 KHz

-3.6

-4.2

-4.7

-5.0

-3.8

-4.9

-5.4

-5.8

-10

-1.5

50 KHz

-2.0

150W

135W

Attenuation (dB)

-15

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

TP0810 Series model.

www.rfi.com.au
13

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


88-108 MHz
A combination of T-Pass and bandpass cavity filters with a dual
isolator provide the broad passband response and transmit-transmit
isolation required by wideband channel modulation. T-Pass
expandable transmit multicouplers are ideally suited to wideband FM
radio broadcast applications.

Ideal for wideband FM broadcast radio


Flexibility of design
TP0810 Series T-Pass
Transmit only channel

Low insertion loss


RFI Systems support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TP0810-2612-11

Frequency Range

88-108 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150W

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

200 KHz @ -2.5 dB


100 KHz @ -3.5 dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 100KHz

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Dependent on cavity insertion loss

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)

17Kg (37.5lbs)

Shipping

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Note: 254mm (10) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.

www.rfi.com.au
14

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


108-136 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to the
operations-critical applications of the VHF Aviation Band. Each
channel utilises a single cavity and a dual isolator and are for use on
sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.

For dedicated transmit antenna systems


Superior expandability
Low insertion loss
RFI Systems support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

TP1013 Series T-Pass

Technical Specifications
Model No.

Transmit only
TP1013-1612-11

TP1013-1112-11

Frequency Range
Cavity Type and Diameter

108-136 MHz
wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

wave, 10 (254mm)

150 W
100 KHz @ -1.5 dB
60 KHz @ -2.5 dB

80 KHz @ -1.5 dB
45 KHz @ -2.5 dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)


Weight (Typical per-channel)
Shipping

Refer Cavity Mechanics section


8.1Kg (18lbs)

11.1Kg (24.5lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
15

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


108-136 MHz
T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss
The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625
inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent
noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum
separation of 75KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be
cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass system to customise an individual channels response if required.
Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 108-136 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss


Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-5

12

-2.6

-2.7

-3.0

-3.3

-2.7

-3.0

-3.3

-3.6

-3.2

-4.0

-4.7

-5.1

-3.6

-4.2

-5.2

-5.6

-10

125 KHz

-1.5

150W

100 KHz
75 KHz

-2.0

135W

50 KHz

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45

Use 10 inch cavities at this separation

-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 108-136 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss


Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

-5

12

-2.6

-2.7

-3.0

-3.2

-2.6

-2.9

-3.1

-3.4

-2.9

-3.6

-4.0

-4.4

-10

125 KHz

-1.5

150W

100 KHz
75 KHz

-2.0

150W

-3.5

-4.1

-4.6

-4.9

50 KHz

-2.5

130W

-4.1

-4.8

-5.4

-5.7

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

TP1013 Series model

www.rfi.com.au
16

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


108-136 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited
to the operations-critical applications of the VHF Aviation Band. Each
channel utilises dual cavities to provide the levels of transmitter carrier
and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and
receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with
dual isolators.

For single antenna systems


Superior expandability

TP1013 Series T-Pass


Transmit only channel

Low insertion loss


RFI Systems support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

TP1013 Series T-Pass


Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

Receive/Transmit/Simplex

TP1013-2612-11

TP1013-2610-11

Frequency Range

108-136 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

100 KHz @ -2.5 dB


60 KHz @ -3.5 dB

2.2MHz typical

Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 60KHz

Nominal Input Impedance

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing


50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

14.1Kg (31lbs)

12Kg (26.4lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Note: 254mm (10) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.

www.rfi.com.au
17

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


132-174 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to
both analogue and digital VHF voice, data and paging applications.
The full band operation allows multiple services to share common
antennas, saving valuable tower space. Each channel utilises a single
cavity and dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with
separate transmit and receive antennas.

Full band capability


Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies
Suits Trunking, Paging & PMR applications
Superior expandability
Simplifies site design
RFI Systems records support
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

TP1317 Series T-Pass

Technical Specifications
Model No.

Transmit only
TP1317-1612-11

TP1317-1112-11

Frequency Range
Cavity Type and Diameter

132-174 MHz
wave, 6.625 (168mm)

wave, 10 (254mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)

150 W

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

125 KHz @ -1.5 dB


75 KHz @ -2.5 dB

95 KHz @ -1.5 dB
50 KHz @ -2.5 dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)


Weight (Typical per-channel)
Shipping

Refer Cavity Mechanics section


6.3Kg (14lbs)

8.6Kg (19lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
18

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


132-174 MHz
T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss
The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625
inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent
noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum
separation of 75KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be
cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass system to customise an individual channels response if required.
Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 132-174 MHz

Tx Noise Suppression

Channel Insertion Loss


Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

1 MHz
-1.5

12

-2.6

-2.7

-3.0

-3.3

-3.3

-4.5

-5.3

-5.7

150W

125 KHz

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-5

100 KHz

-2.0

135W

-3.6

-4.5

-5.2

-5.5

75 KHz

-2.5

115W

-4.3

-5.4

-6.2

-6.7

-10
-15
Attenuation (dB)

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45

50 KHz

Use 10 inch cavities at this separation

-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 132-174 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss


Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

1 MHz
125 KHz

-1.5

150W

100 KHz

-5

12

-2.6

-2.7

-2.9

-3.1

-2.9

-3.4

-3.8

-4.0

-3.0

-3.7

-4.2

-4.5

75 KHz

-2.0

150W

-3.5

-4.2

-4.7

-5.0

50 KHz

-2.5

130W

-4.1

-5.0

-5.7

-6.1

-10
-15
Attenuation (dB)

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

TP1317 Series model

www.rfi.com.au
19

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


132-174 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited
to the often challenging frequency plans of VHF base station
applications. These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the
transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for use on single
(shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit channels may be
ordered complete with dual isolators.

Suits dual or single antenna systems


Suits simplex or duplex systems

TP1317 Series T-Pass


Transmit only channel

Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies


Suitable for narrow/wideband channels
Low insertion loss
RFI Systems support
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP1317 Series T-Pass
Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

Receive/Transmit/Simplex

TP1317-2612-11

TP1317-2610-11

Frequency Range

132-174 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150 W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

125 KHz @ -2.5 dB


75 KHz @ -3.5 dB

2.5MHz

Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 75KHz

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

10.5Kg (23.1lbs)

8.4Kg (18.5lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Note: 254mm (10) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.

www.rfi.com.au
20

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


168-250 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to
VHF voice, data and paging applications. These channels utilise a
single cavity and dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with
separate transmit and receive antennas.

European Trunking and PMR applications


Broad bandwidth capability
Simplifies site design
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
Various mounting styles

TP1625 Series T-Pass

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TP1625-1612-11

Frequency Range

168-250 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)

150 W

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

170 KHz @ -1.5 dB


95 KHz @ -2.5 dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)

6Kg (13.2lbs)

Shipping

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
21

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


168-250 MHz
Applications
The broad frequency expansion capability of T-Pass technology provides a unique solution to the many varied
applications of multicoupling systems. The compatibility of T-Pass with both analogue and digital protocols,
and the ability to cater for narrow and wide channel bandwidths within the one multicoupler provides the system
designer with a unique solutions capability.

T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss


The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625
inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression
and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of
95KHz. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass system to customise an individual
channels response if required.

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 168-250 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss


Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

1 MHz
250 KHz

-1.5

150W

175 KHz

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-5

12

-2.6

-2.7

-3.0

-3.3

-2.9

-3.4

-3.8

-4.1

-3.1

-3.9

-4.5

-4.9

125 KHz

-2.0

135W

-3.6

-4.4

-4.9

-5.3

100 KHz

-2.5

115W

-4.1

-4.5

-5.4

-5.8

-10
-15

Attenuation (dB)

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Tx Noise Suppression
0
-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

TP1625 Series model

www.rfi.com.au
22

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


168-250 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited
to VHF base station applications. These channels utilise dual cavities
to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for
use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit
channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.

Suits dual or single antenna systems


Suits simplex or duplex systems
TP1625 Series T-Pass
Transmit only channel

Flexibility of design
Suitable for narrow/wideband channels
Low insertion loss
RFI Systems support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

TP1625 Series T-Pass


Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

Receive/Transmit/Simplex

TP1625-2612-11

TP1625-2610-11

Frequency Range

168-250 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150 W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

170 KHz @ -2.5 dB


95 KHz @ -3.5 dB

3 MHz typical

Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 95KHz

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

10.2Kg (22.4lbs)

8.1Kg (17.8lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Note: 254mm (10) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.

www.rfi.com.au
23

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


215-300 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to
VHF voice, data and paging applications. Each channel utilises a
single cavity and dual isolator combination and are for use on sites
configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.

Ideal for Military, new PMR and Trunking bands


Compact size ratio
Excellent performance
Flexible expansion capability
Long-term dependability
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP2130 Series T-Pass

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TP2130-1612-11

TP2130-1112-11

Frequency Range
Cavity Type and Diameter

215-300 MHz
wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power


Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

wave, 10 (254mm)

150W (higher ratings available)


150 W
170 KHz @ -1.5 dB
95 KHz @ -2.5 dB

140 KHz @ -1.5 dB


75 KHz @ -2.5 dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)


Weight (Typical per-channel)
Shipping

Refer Cavity Mechanics section


5.1Kg (11.2lbs)

6.3Kg (14lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
24

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


215-300 MHz
Applications
The broad frequency expansion capability of T-Pass technology provides a unique solution to the many varied
applications of multicoupling systems. The compatibility of T-Pass with both analogue and digital protocols, and
the ability to cater for narrow and wide channels bandwidths within the one multicoupler, provide the system
designer with a unique solutions capability.

T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss


The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625
inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent
noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum
separation of 95KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can be
cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass system to customise an individual channels response if required.
Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 215-300 MHz

Tx Noise Suppression

Channel Insertion Loss


0

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-5

12

-2.6

-2.7

-3.0

-3.3

-2.9

-3.4

-3.8

-4.1

-3.1

-3.9

-4.5

-4.9

-10

250 KHz

-1.5

150W

175 KHz
125 KHz

-2.0

135W

-3.6

-4.4

-4.9

-5.3

100 KHz

-2.5

115W

-4.1

-4.5

-5.4

-5.8

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 215-300 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

-5

12

-2.6

-2.7

-2.9

-3.1

-2.8

-3.1

-3.4

-3.7

-3.04

-3.8

-4.3

-4.6

-10

250 KHz

-1.5

150W

150 KHz

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40

100 KHz

-2.0

150W

-3.6

-4.5

-5.1

-5.5

75 KHz

-2.5

130W

-4.2

-5.1

-5.8

-6.2

-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

TP2130 Series model

www.rfi.com.au
25

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


215-300 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited
to VHF base station applications. These channels utilise dual cavities
to provide the transmitter carrier and noise suppression required for
use on single (shared) transmit and receive antennas. Transmit
channels may be ordered complete with dual isolators.

Suits dual or single antenna systems


Suits simplex or duplex systems
TP2130 Series T-Pass
Transmit only channel

Flexibility of design
Suitable narrow/wideband channels
Low insertion loss
RFI Systems support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

TP2130 Series T-Pass


Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel

Technical Specifications
Transmit only

Receive/Transmit/Simplex

TP2130-2612-11

TP2130-2610-11

Model No.
Frequency Range

215-300 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150 W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

170 KHz @ -2.5 dB


95 KHz @ -3.5 dB

3MHz typical

Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 95KHz

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

8.1Kg (18lbs)

6Kg (13.2lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Note: 254mm (10) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.

www.rfi.com.au
26

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


300-400 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to
both analogue and digital UHF PMR and trunking applications. These
channels utilise a single cavity and dual isolator and are for use on
sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas.

Ideal for Military, new PMR, Trunking and P25 bands


Full bandwidth
Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies
Excellent performance
Long-term dependability
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP3040 Series T-Pass

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TP3040-1612-11

TP3040-1112-11

Frequency Range
Cavity Type and Diameter

300-400 MHz
wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power


Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)
Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

wave, 10 (254mm)

150W (higher ratings available)


150 W
215 KHz @ -1.5 dB
115 KHz @ -2.5 dB

150 KHz @ -1.5 dB


75 KHz @ -2.5 dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

4.5Kg (10lbs)

5.3Kg (12lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
27

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


300-400 MHz
Applications
The broad frequency expansion capability of T-Pass technology ideally suits the many varied requirements of
multicoupling in analogue and digital applications. The compatibility of T-Pass with both analogue and digital
protocols, and the ability to cater to narrow and wide channel bandwidths within the one multicoupler, provide the
system designer with a unique solutions capability.

T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss


The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625
inch) and 254mm (10 inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent
noise suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum
separation of 125KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities can
be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass system to customise an individual channels response if required.
Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 300-400 MHz

Tx Noise Suppression

Channel Insertion Loss


0

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

1 MHz
-1.5

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels


2

12

-2.4

-2.6

-2.9

-3.1

-2.9

-3.8

-4.4

-4.7

150W

250 KHz

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-5
-10
-15
Attenuation (dB)

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40

150 KHz

-2.0

130W

-3.6

-4.8

-5.6

-6.0

125 KHz

-2.5

110W

-4.1

-5.2

-6.0

-6.4

-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 300-400 MHz

Tx Noise Suppression

Channel Insertion Loss


0

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

-5

12

-2.4

-2.5

-2.8

-3.1

-2.7

-3.2

-3.7

-4.0

-10

-1.5

150W

250 KHz
125 KHz

-2.0

150W

-3.4

-4.4

-5.0

-5.5

75 KHz

-2.5

125W

-4.3

-5.6

-6.6

-7.1

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

TP3040 Series model

www.rfi.com.au
28

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


300-400 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited
to both analogue and digital UHF base station applications. These
channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and
noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and
receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with
dual isolators.

Ideal for Military, new PMR, Trunking and P25 bands


Broad bandwidth

TP3040 Series T-Pass


Transmit only channel

Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies


Excellent performance
Long-term dependability
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP3040 Series T-Pass
Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

Receive/Transmit/Simplex

TP3040-2612-11

TP3040-2610-11

Frequency Range

300-400 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150 W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

215 KHz @ -2.5 dB


115 KHz @ -3.5 dB

4MHz typical

Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 115KHz

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

6.9Kg (15lbs)

4.8Kg (11lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Note: 254mm (10) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.

www.rfi.com.au
29

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


400-550 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally suited to
UHF PMR and trunking applications. These channels utilise a single
cavity and dual isolator and are for use on sites configured with
separate transmit and receive antennas.

Ideal for Trunking and PMR systems


Ideal for high density sites
Suited for use with broadband antennas
Suits P25 digital systems
Long-term dependability
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP4055 Series T-Pass

Wave or Wave, 168mm (6) or 254mm (10)


T-Pass multicouplers for this popular UHF band are available using either or wavelength cavities in the
choice of 168mm (6.625) or 254mm (10) diameters. The selectivity of cavity filters is tightly linked to the volume
of the filter itself. With such a broad diversity of applications in this UHF band, all of these variants are offered
to ensure every system requirement is catered to.
Most T-Pass multicoupling designs can be satisfactorily implemented using wave, 168mm (6.625) cavities,
but close channel spacings or a requirement to keep per-channel insertion losses to a minimum may determine
that the wave or 254mm (10) models are more suited in a particular application. For assistance in choosing
the correct cavity for your requirements please contact your nearest RFI sales office.

T-Pass Channel Insertion Loss


The typical channel losses specified in the tables shown are for equally-spaced channels only. Channel loss may
be higher or lower in multicouplers where Tx-Tx separation varies from one channel to another. Contact RFI for
T-Pass channel loss specifications based on your actual frequency plan.

T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss


The curves shown for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625) and
254mm (10 inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise
suppression and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625) cavities at a minimum
separation of 125KHz. Closer separations are achievable using 254mm (10 inch) cavities. Additional cavities
can be cascaded onto any channels in a T-Pass system to customise an individual channels response if
required.

www.rfi.com.au
30

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


400-550 MHz
Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TP4055-1612-11

TP4055-1112-11

Frequency Range

400-550 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

wave, 10 (254mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)

150 W
250KHz @ 1.5dB
175KHz @ 2.5dB

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

200KHz @ 1.5dB
100KHz @ 2.5dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)

4.1Kg (9lbs)

4.7Kg (10.3lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Shipping

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 400-550 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-5

12

-2.2

-2.5

-2.8

-3.2

-2.9

-4.1

-5.1

-5.7

-3.7

-5.3

-6.5

-7.2

-4.2

-5.8

-7.0

-7.7

-10

-1.5

150W

250 KHz
150 KHz

-2.0

125 KHz

-2.5

130W

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45

110W

-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 400-550 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

-5

12

-2.4

-2.6

-2.9

-3.1

-2.9

-3.8

-4.4

-4.7

-10

-1.5

150W

250 KHz
150 KHz

-2.0

130W

-3.6

-4.8

-5.6

-6.0

125 KHz

-2.5

110W

-4.1

-5.2

-6.0

-6.4

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

www.rfi.com.au
31

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


400-550 MHz
Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TP4053-1632-11

TP4053-1132-11

Frequency Range

400-550 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

wave, 10 (254mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)

150 W
215 KHz @ -1.5 dB
115 KHz @ -2.5 dB

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

150 KHz @ -1.5 dB


75 KHz @ -2.5 dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)

6.3Kg (14lbs)

8.6Kg (19lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Shipping

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 400-550 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-5

12

-2.4

-2.6

-2.9

-3.1

-2.9

-3.8

-4.4

-4.7

-10

-1.5

150W

250 KHz
150 KHz

-2.0

130W

-3.6

-4.8

-5.6

-6.0

125 KHz

-2.5

110W

-4.1

-5.2

-6.0

-6.4

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 254mm (10 inch) 400-550 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Tx-to-Tx
Separation

Cavity Loss
(dB)

Max
Power

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

-5

12

-2.4

-2.5

-2.8

-3.1

-2.7

-3.2

-3.7

-4.0

-10

-1.5

150W

250 KHz
125 KHz

-2.0

150W

-3.4

-4.4

-5.0

-5.5

75 KHz

-2.5

125W

-4.3

-5.6

-6.6

-7.1

Attenuation (dB)

-15

1 MHz

IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =
IL =

-1.00dB
-1.50dB
-2.00dB
-2.50dB
-3.00dB

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
Offset from Fo (MHz)

10

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

www.rfi.com.au
32

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


400-550 MHz

TP4055 Wave Series model

TP4053 Wave Series model

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
33

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


400-550 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited
to both analogue and digital UHF voice and data applications. These
channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and
noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and
receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with
dual isolators.

Ideal for Trunking and PMR systems


Broad bandwidth

TP4055 Series T-Pass


Transmit only channel

Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies


Excellent Performance
Long-term dependability
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP4055 Series T-Pass
Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

Receive/Transmit/Simplex

TP4055-2612-11

TP4055-2610-11

Frequency Range

400-550 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

Quarterwave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150 W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

250 KHz @ -2.5 dB


175 KHz @ -3.5 dB

5MHz

Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 175KHz

Nominal Input Impedance

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing


50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

6.1Kg (13.5lbs)

4Kg (8.8lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Note: 254mm (10) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.

www.rfi.com.au
34

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


400-550 MHz
wave or wave
T-Pass multicouplers in the 400-550MHz UHF band are available using either or wavelength cavities.
wave cavities provide a higher Q (or selectivity), and as such they can accommodate closer channel spacings
than the wave models for a comparable insertion loss.
Most T-Pass multicoupling designs can be satisfactorily implemented using wave cavities, but close channel
spacings, or a requirement to keep per-channel insertion losses to a minimum, may determine that the wave
models are the most suitable in a particular application. For assistance in choosing the more appropriate solution
for your requirements, please contact your nearest RFI sales office.

Technical Specifications
Transmit only

Receive/Transmit/Simplex

Model No.
TP4053-2632-11

TP4053-2630-11

Frequency Range

400-550 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150 W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

215 KHz @ -2.5 dB


115 KHz @ -3.5 dB

5MHz

Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 115KHz

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)


Weight (Typical per-channel)
Shipping

Refer Cavity Mechanics section


10.5Kg (23.1lbs)

8.4Kg (18.5lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

Note: 254mm (10) versions of the above models available for higher selectivity and lower loss applications.

TP4053 Transmit only model

TP4053 Tx/Rx/Simplex model

www.rfi.com.au
35

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


740 - 870 MHz
These T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally
suited to both analogue and digital applications in this emerging
frequency band. These channels utilise a single cavity and dual
isolator and are for use on sites configured with separate transmit and
receive antennas.

Superior low-loss combining for analogue and digital


systems
High power version available
Ideal for P25 systems
Predictable performance
Long-term dependability
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
TP7487 Series T-Pass

Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

Technical Specifications
Model No.

Transmit only
TP7487-1632-11

Frequency Range

740-870 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)

150 W

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

450 KHz @ -1.25 dB


250 KHz @ -1.8dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)

5Kg (11lbs)

Shipping

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
36

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


740 - 870 MHz
New Frequency Bands
T-Pass multicoupler technology is ideally suited to new and emerging frequency bands. The design flexibility,
broad bandwidth expandability, and overall implementation efficiency of T-Pass ensures the maximum levels of
future-proofing are available to site owners and network operators.

T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss


The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625
inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression
and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of
250KHz. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channel in a T-Pass system to customise an individual
channels response if required.

Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 740-870 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

1 MHz
500 KHz

-1.25

450 KHz

IL = -1.25dB
IL = -1.80dB

-5

10

12

-2.1

-2.3

-2.4

-2.5

-2.8

-3.0

-3.3

-2.3

-2.8

-3.0

-3.2

-3.6

-3.9

-4.1

-2.4

-2.9

-3.2

-3.4

-3.9

-4.1

-4.3

-3.1

-3.8

-4.1

-4.4

-4.9

-5.2

-5.5

-10
-15
Attenuation (dB)

Tx-to-Tx Cavity Loss


Separation
(dB)

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45

250 KHz

-1.80

-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
10
Offset from Fo (MHz)

100

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

TP7487 Series model

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
37

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


740-870 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited
to both analogue and digital voice and data applications. These
channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier and
noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and
receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with
dual isolators.

Ideal for Trunking and PMR systems


Broad bandwidth

TP7487 Series T-Pass


Transmit only channel

Suited for use with broadband antennas


Excellent Performance
Long-term dependability
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP7487 Series T-Pass
Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

Receive/Transmit/Simplex

TP7487-2612-11

TP7487-2610-11

Frequency Range

740-870 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

Quarterwave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150 W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

450 KHz @ -2.25 dB


250 KHz @ -2.8 dB

5MHz

Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 250KHz

Nominal Input Impedance

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing


50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

6.1Kg (13.5lbs)

4Kg (8.8lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
38

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


800-1000 MHz
These T-Pass expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally
suited to analogue and digital PMR and trunking applications. These
channels utilise a single cavity and dual isolator and are for use on
sites configured with separate transmit and receive antennas

Superior low-loss combining for PMR, Trunking,


Paging and Wireless Data systems
High power version available
Flexibility of design
Predictable performance
Long-term dependability
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available

TP8010 Series T-Pass

Technical Specifications
Model No.

Transmit only
TP8010-1632-11

Frequency Range

800-1000 MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

wave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

150W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)

150 W

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation @ Cavity Loss

450 KHz @ -1.25 dB


250 KHz @ -1.8dB

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB

Typical Antenna-Tx Isolation

70 dB

Typical Tx Noise suppression

Depends on Cavity Loss setting - see curves

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)

4.6Kg (10.1lbs)

Shipping

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
39

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


800-1000 MHz
Applications
The broad frequency expansion capability of T-Pass technology ideally suits the often challenging requirements
of multicoupling in analogue and digital military applications. The compatibility of T-Pass with both analogue
and digital protocols and the ability to cater to narrow and wide channel bandwidths within the one multicoupler
provide the system designer with a unique solutions capability.

T-Pass Tx Noise Suppression vs. Cavity Loss


The curves shown below for Tx noise suppression represent the selectivity of typical quarterwave, 168mm (6.625
inch) T-Pass cavity filters. Because T-Pass cavities exhibit high loaded Q factors, excellent noise suppression
and channel-to-channel isolation are achieved with 168mm (6.625 inch) cavities at a minimum separation of
250KHz. Additional cavities can be cascaded onto any channel in a T-Pass system to customise an individual
channels response if required.
Typical T-Pass Channel Performance - 168mm (6.625 inch) 800-1000 MHz

Channel Insertion Loss

Tx Noise Suppression
0

Loss (dB) vs. No. of channels

1 MHz
500 KHz

-1.25

450 KHz

IL = -1.25dB
IL = -1.80dB

-5

10

12

-2.1

-2.3

-2.4

-2.5

-2.8

-3.0

-3.3

-2.3

-2.8

-3.0

-3.2

-3.6

-3.9

-4.1

-2.4

-2.9

-3.2

-3.4

-3.9

-4.1

-4.3

-3.1

-3.8

-4.1

-4.4

-4.9

-5.2

-5.5

-10
-15
Attenuation (dB)

Tx-to-Tx Cavity Loss


Separation
(dB)

-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45

250 KHz

-1.80

-50
-55
0.01

0.1
1
10
Offset from Fo (MHz)

100

Note: The use of cavity multicouplers for combining multiple channels with minimum frequency spacings may result in undesirable levels of isolator load
heat dissipation due to interchannel coupling. Applications involving such requirements should be discussed with RFI prior to ordering to ensure the
optimum solution is provided.

TP8010 Series model

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
40

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


800-1000 MHz
T-Pass expandable transmit/receive multicouplers are ideally suited
to analogue and digital PMR, Trunking, voice and data applications.
These channels utilise dual cavities to provide the transmitter carrier
and noise suppression required for use on single (shared) transmit and
receive antennas. Transmit channels may be ordered complete with
dual isolators.

Superior low-loss combining solution


Broad bandwidth

TP8010 Series T-Pass


Transmit only channel

Ideal for both analogue and digital technologies


Excellent performance
Long-term dependability
RFI Systems records support
Rugged, high quality design
Peg Rack and other mounting styles available
TP8010 Series T-Pass
Receive/Transmit/Simplex channel

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

Receive/Transmit/Simplex

TP8010-2612-11

TP8010-2610-11

Frequency Range

800-1000MHz

Cavity Type and Diameter

Quarterwave, 6.625 (168mm)

Maximum Continuous Transmit Power

100W (higher ratings available)

Dual Isolator Load Power (Continuous)


(Single Isolator versions available)

150 W

N/A

Minimum Channel Separation @ Cavity Loss

450 KHz @ -2.25 dB


250 KHz @ -2.8 dB

5MHz

Typical Isolation @ Minimum Separation

80 dB @ 250KHz

Nominal Input Impedance

Varies with minimum Tx-Rx spacing


50 Ohms

Maximum Input return loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input and Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

Refer Mounting Hardware section

Dimensions (Typical per-channel)

Refer Cavity Mechanics section

Weight (Typical per-channel)


Shipping

7.1Kg (15.5lbs)

5Kg (11lbs)

Standard packaging - One channel per carton


May be shipped pre-assembled in Peg Rack or 483mm (19) rack kit (ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
41

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


Accessories
Thru-line Cables
T-Pass thru-line cables are manufactured to frequency dependent lengths to optimise the performance of
channels within a T-Pass multicoupler. T-Pass multicoupler cables are manufactured using high-quality
double shielded and silver-plated cable and non ferro-magnetic plated connectors to provide superior
intermodulation performance at high system power levels. When ordering, the frequency of the
multicoupler channels either side of the requested cable or the RFI Site Reference number and channel
number must be specified.
Model No.

Description

Weight (typ.)

HW0000-1000-11

RG214 N male - N male cable

150g / 0.33lbs

Isolator Cables
A standard 600mm (24inch) cable to interconnect a T-Pass multicoupler transmit channel cavity filter to its
associated isolator. Other lengths available upon request.
Model No.

Description

Weight (typ.)

HW0000-1001-11

RG214 N male - N male cable

150g / 0.33lbs

T-Pass Bypass
The T-Pass Bypass assembly allows a T-Pass
channel to be temporarily or permanently removed
from a combiner stack without affecting the
performance of the remaining channels.

T-Pass Bypass

Model No.

Frequency

TP0608-2000-11

66-88MHz

TP0810-2000-11

88-108MHz

TP1013-2000-11

108-136MHz

TP1317-2000-11

132-174MHz

TP1625-2000-11

168-250MHz

TP3040-2000-11

300-400MHz

TP3855-2000-11

380-550MHz

TP7487-2000-11

740-870MHz

TP8010-2000-11

800-1000MHz

Dimensions (mm/ in)

Weight (typ.) (kg/lbs)

50 x 50 x125 / 2 x 2 x 5

0.25 / 0.55

50 x 50 x110 / 2 x 2 x 4.3

Note: When a T-Pass channel is to be removed permanently from a combiner, it is recommended to purchase a replacement T-Pass thru-line cable to reconfigure the combiner for the adjusted number of channels, thereby permanently bypassing the removed channel.

www.rfi.com.au
42

T-Pass Expandable Multicouplers


Accessories
Tuning Detector
The T-Pass Tuning Detector provides a simple means
to tune T-Pass transmitter multicoupler channels. It is
designed to be connected to the RF Sampler port on
Symmetry isolators. Alternatively it can be connected
through a -20dB or -30dB directional coupler to older TPass channels utilising non-Symmetry isolators.
A standard workshop analogue or digital multimeter
may be connected to the Tuning Detector to provide the
output reading.
T-Pass channels can be quickly tuned by simply
adjusting the cavity filter for a minimum meter reading
under transmitter power.

T-Pass Tuning Detector

The T-Pass Tuning Detector is suitable for use with T-Pass multicouplers in all frequency bands.
Model No.

Dimensions

Weight

HW0000-2001-11

25x25mm / 1in x 1in

80g / 0.18lbs

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
43

Customising Systems

In addition to our standard T-Pass technology offerings, RFI can


customise configurations through the addition of other products in our
diverse multicoupling product range.
Another cavity can be cascaded with
a T-Pass channel to increase
the channel's pass bandwidth. This
approach can be utilised to create
multi-frequency "windows" when the
frequencies are closely spaced and is
ideal for applications such as multifrequency paging transmitters.

Pass 155.310 MHz


TR 1
Ch. 1: 155.310
Ch. 2: 155.910

C1

C2

1.0

1.0

Pass 155.910 MHz


C3

C4

1.0

1.0

SC

SC

T-Pass channels can also be


configured as receiver preselectors.
Additional cavities can be cascaded
with such channels to create broader
windows capable of passing the
passband
of
multiple
receive
frequencies.This type of configuration
is ideal for single-antenna systems.

TX1
Ch. 1: 148.6125
Ch. 2: 148.7625

C1

C2

1.0

1.50
SC

If the frequencies required in the multifrequency application are spaced too far
apart to use the above multi-cavity
method, several such "windows" can be
paralleled using T-Pass technology on
both the input and output sides of the
channels. In this way, individual
channels can be spaced anywhere
within the antenna system's operating
bandwidth. This approach is also ideal
for simplex systems - or to build a
receiver preselector that must select
frequencies from within a broad
frequency range that is wider than
available from other preselector
configurations.

TX3
153.410 MHz

TX2
153.545 MHz

TX1
153.725 MHz

C1

C2

1.0

1.50

C3

C4

1.0

1.50

C5

C6

1.0

1.50

Pass 158.175 - 158.300

C7

C9

C8

SC

TX4
493.5000

C5

HF

RX1 158.175

1.0
TX3
493.5250

TX2
467.5000

TX1
467.5000

RX3 158.275

HF
50 Ohms

C4

C3

1.0

1.0

C2

C1

1.0

1.0
SC

44

6 dB
Pad

RX2 158.220

PS

In addition, hybrid combiners can be


front-ended to a T-Pass transmit
channel to combine two or more very
closely spaced transmit frequencies
onto a T-Pass stack.

Customising Systems

T-Pass technology can be also be


utilised in systems utilising separate
transmit and receive antennas.
Excellent system flexibility coupled with
broad operating frequency range can be
easily achieved from such systems.
These systems offer the same inherent
channel and frequency expandability of
T-Pass!
The T-Pass stack bandwidth is often
only limited by the operating bandwidth
of the antenna system. In radiating
cable systems the operating bandwidth
can be as broad as 50-1000MHz!

RX
ANTENNA

RX
ANTENNA

TX3
399.975
-2.4 dB

C3

C6

1.5

1.5

C2

C5

1.5

1.5

C1

C4

1.5

1.5

RX3
411.500
-1.6 dB

P 460.800
R 455.800
TX2
455.800
-2.8 dB
0.3
P 455.800
R 460.800

TX1
520.875
-2.4 dB

SC

RX2
460.800
-2.1 dB
0.3

RX1
520.875
-1.6 dB

SC

RFI can design and manufacture a customised T-Pass multicoupler to suit your
system's individual operation requirements - from single channel simplex PMR, to
multi-channel trunking systems.
For further information on the dynamic flexibility of T-Pass technology please
contact your nearest RFI office for further assistance with all your transmitter
multicoupling requirements.
System
Antenna
6-Section
RX Combline Filter
806-821 MHz

4-Section
TX Combline Filter
851-866 MHz

TX5
856.5625
-2.9 dB

C5

RX1 815.5625

1.25

RX2 814.5625
TX4
857.5625
-3.2 dB

RX3 813.5625
C4

RX4 812.5625
1.25

Fixed
Pad

RX5 811.5625
PS

50 Ohms
TX3
858.5625
-3.3 dB

TX2
859.5625
-3.2 dB

TX1
860.5625
-3.2 dB

50 Ohms

C3

50 Ohms
1.25

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

C2

Maximum Tx Power
12 W
Maximum Tx Channel Loss
-3.3 dB
Tx-Tx Isolation
-80 dB
Antenna - Tx Isolation
-70 dB
T-R Isolation @ Tx Frequencies
-80 dB
T-R Isolation @ Rx Frequencies
-90 dB
Typical System Sensitivity
0.24 uV
(antenna feedline loss ~ 2 dB, 0.25 uV Rx sensitivity,
net system gain set to +6.0 dB)

1.25

C1
1.25
SC

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

45

Expandable Hybrid Multicouplers


66 - 1000 MHz
Hybrid Coupler based expandable transmitter multicouplers are ideally
suited to analogue and digital applications requiring frequency agility,
narrow channel separation or small size. The models shown include a
Symmetry 150W single isolator on each input port.
RFI use progressive hybrid combining techniques to ensure the lowest
per-channel insertion losses are provided in the following models.
Models with alternate channel capacities and input power rating are
also available upon request.

Frequency agile

Front view - TX0608-2051-31

Suits narrow channel separations


Compact size
Suitable for narrow/wide channel bandwidths
RFI Systems support
Self contained enclosure
Rugged, high quality design
Rear view - TX3855-4051-31

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TX0608-2051-31

Frequency Range

TX0608-3051-31

TX0608-4051-31

66-88 MHz

No. of Channels

Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)

3.5

5.3

6.5

Continuous Input Power (per channel)

50 W (other ratings available)

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation

None

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input & Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure

Dimensions

133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in
Note: High channel capacity and higher power models available upon request.

www.rfi.com.au
46

Expandable Hybrid Multicouplers


66-1000 MHz
Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.
TX1013-2051-31
Frequency Range

TX1013-3051-31

TX1013-4051-31

108-136MHz

No. of Channels

Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)

3.5

5.3

6.5

Continuous Input Power (per channel)

50 W (other ratings available)

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation

None

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input & Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure

Dimensions

133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TX1317-2051-31

Frequency Range

TX1317-3051-31

TX1317-4051-31

132-174 MHz

No. of Channels

Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)

3.5

5.3

6.5

Continuous Input Power (per channel)

50 W (other ratings available)

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation

None

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input & Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure

Dimensions

133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TX2030-2051-31

Frequency Range

TX2030-3051-31

TX2030-4051-31

200-300MHz

No. of Channels

Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)

3.5

5.3

6.5

Continuous Input Power (per channel)

50 W (other ratings available)

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation

None

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input & Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure

Dimensions

133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in

www.rfi.com.au
47

Expandable Hybrid Multicouplers


66-1000 MHz
Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TX3040-2051-31

Frequency Range

TX3040-3051-31

TX3040-4051-31

300-400MHz

No. of Channels

Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)

3.5

5.3

6.5

Continuous Input Power (per channel)

50 W (other ratings available)

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation

None

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input & Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure

Dimensions

133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in

Technical Specifications
Transmit only
Model No.

TX3855-2051-31

Frequency Range

TX3855-3051-31

TX3855-4051-31

380-550 MHz

No. of Channels

Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)

3.5

5.3

6.5

Continuous Input Power (per channel)

50 W (other ratings available)

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation

None

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input & Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure

Dimensions

133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in

www.rfi.com.au
48

Expandable Hybrid Multicouplers


66-1000 MHz
Technical Specifications
Model No.

Transmit only
TX6080-2051-31

Frequency Range

TX6080-3051-31

TX6080-4051-31

600-800MHz

No. of Channels

Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)

3.5

5.3

6.5

Continuous Input Power (per channel)

50 W (other ratings available)

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation

None

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input & Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure

Dimensions

133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in

Technical Specifications
Model No.

Transmit only
TX8010-2051-31

Frequency Range

TX8010-3051-31

TX8010-4051-31

800-1000 MHz

No. of Channels

Total Insertion Loss per Channel (typ.)

3.5

5.3

6.5

Continuous Input Power (per channel)

50 W (other ratings available)

Minimum Tx-Tx Separation

None

Typical Tx-Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Typical Antenna - Tx Isolation

>50 dB

Nominal Input Impedance

50 Ohms

Typical Max. Input Return Loss (VSWR)

-20 dB (1.22:1)

Temperature Range

-30 to +60 C (-22 to + 140 F)

Connectors, Input & Antenna

N female

Mechanical Mounting

483mm (19 in) rack mount vented enclosure

Dimensions

133x483x400mm / 5.25x19x15.75in

www.rfi.com.au
49

Receiver
Multicouplers
The Receiver Multicoupler comprises a preselector and amplifier/
distribution unit and is a critical component of any wireless
communications system. Excellent design and performance in receiver
multicoupling ensures that a systems overall performance is assured.
It is important to correctly design receiver multicoupling to suit each
particular application using equipment that provides low noise
performance, adjustable gain and expandability whilst maintaining stable
operation across a wide range of temperature and other environmental
parameters. The use of a high performance, low-noise preamplifier with a
good third order intercept point (3OIP) figure ensures the highest quality of
received signal processing whilst ensuring maximum protection from
desensitisation and intermodulation.
Increasingly, more portables than mobiles are used in communications
systems. As a result, the potential for an imbalance in network design
places extra emphasis on the need to design receiver multicoupling
correctly to restore this balance.
RFI offers a range of receiver multicoupling preselectors, signal
preamplifiers and output distribution units for most frequencies from below
30MHz to above 2GHz.
A sampling of our standard product is shown in this catalogue, but if you
require a receiver multicoupler solution not shown in this catalogue, please
do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for further assistance.

50

Receiver
Preselectors
RFI offer several families of Receiver Preselectors that suit the different
applications encountered in the design of communications systems.

Small Cavity Preselectors - Small


Size, Low Cost
These compact preselectors are
recommended for applications in which
sufficient transmit-to-receive antenna
isolation exists to satisfy carrier
suppression requirements with a
moderate amount of preselector
selectivity.

100mm (4") Cavity Preselectors


- High Performance, Moderate
Size, Medium Power
These preselectors utilise time-proven
100mm (4") cavities to provide high
selectivity and factory adjustable pass
bandwidths in a compact package.
They can also be used as postcombiner filters at total input powers of
up to 250 watts (dependent on
bandwidth settings). Their excellent
cost-to-performance ratio makes them
the ideal choice for most preselector
applications.

168mm (6.625") Cavity Preselector


- High Performance, High Power
These preselectors utilise 168mm
(6.625") cavities to provide the highest
selectivity in receiving applications
where low insertion loss and high outof-band interference rejection and
carrier attenuation are required.
Because of their low insertion loss and
power rating of up to 400 watts, these
preselectors are also ideal as
post-combiner filters to reduce
broadband noise in multichannel
transmitter systems.

Combline Preselectors
- High Performance, Excellent
Selectivity
We offer both maximally-flat and highselectivity combline and combline notch
preselector styles to suit a range of
critical design applications requiring
h i g h e r performance response
characteristics to the above model
configurations.

51

Receiver Preselectors
66-88 MHz
This model is a lumped constant, 4-section filter that can be factory set
to bandwidths of 1.0 to 3.0MHz within the 66-88MHz frequency range.
Ideally suited to low-density communications sites, or where antenna
isolation can assist in overall transmit-receive isolations.
Integral mounting brackets and its small size make it ideal for direct
installation on receiver multicoupling shelves or racking.

Factory tunable bandwidth


RX0608-1711-11

Ideal for low-density sites


0

Long-term dependability

-10
-20

RFI Systems records support

-30

Rugged, high quality design

-40

Response may be enhanced with additional filtering

-60

-50

-70
-80
-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX0608-1711-11


@ 1.0 and 3.0MHz BW

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

RX0608-1711-11

66-88

1.0 to 3.0 MHz

1.2 (Typ)

1.9 (Typ)

Rx only

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX0608-1711-11

Alodined aluminium
with silver plated
tuning elements

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

64 / 2.5

127 / 5

76 / 3

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

1.4 / 3

BNC & N females

www.rfi.com.au
52

Receiver Preselectors
66-88 MHz
These Receiver Preselectors offer excellent performance in a compact
physical package. These models are 4 section helical filters that can
be tuned to bandwidths of up to 2.5MHz.
They are ideally suited to in-plant systems and low to medium density
communication sites.
Integral mounting brackets and its small size make them ideal for direct
installation on equipment shelves, racking or in mobile applications

0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

Tunable bandwidth

-10

Ideal for in-plant systems

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX0707-1141-18


@ 2.0MHz BW

Compact size
RFI Systems records support
Rugged construction

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

RX0707-1141-18

70-78

RX0708-1141-18

78-86

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

1.0 to 2.5 MHz

2.0 (Typ)

2.0 (Typ)

Rx Only

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX0707-1141-18
RX0708-1141-18

Painted
aluminium

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

32 / 1.25

103 / 4

155 / 6.1

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-20 to +60
-4 to +140

0.4 / 0.9

BNC female

www.rfi.com.au
53

Receiver Preselectors
66-88 MHz
A four-cavity preselector that uses tried and proven 168mm (6.625")
cavities. It can be factory tuned to bandwidths of up to 0.5MHz within
the 66-88MHz frequency range.
Suitable as a post-combiner filter catering for total input powers up to
400watts, depending on pass bandwidth settings.
Mounting is via a rail style bracket suited to 19inch racks. Alternate
mounting styles are available to order.

High selectivity
Ideal for high density sites
Also suited as post-combiner filter
Rugged, high quality design
Centre and front rail, wall mount and other mounting
styles available
RX0608-1641-41
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-5

fo

+5

Typical Response Curve - RX0608-1641-41


@ 0.1, 0.2, 0.5MHz BW

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

RX0608-1641-41

66-88

0.1 to 0.5 MHz

1.0 (Typ)

1.5 (Typ)

400 (Note 1)

50 Ohms

Note 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX0608-1641-41

Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

1675 / 66

483 / 19

+190 / +7.5
-190/ -7.5

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

54.5/120

N female

www.rfi.com.au
54

Receiver Preselectors
132-174 MHz
These receiver preselectors use three 50mm (2) helical resonators
that may be tuned to a pass bandwidth of 1.2MHz.
The small size of these units make them ideal for in-plant, bidirectional amplifier, and other similar systems applications.
These units are mounted on a 483mm (19inch) front panel for easy
mounting and their small size also makes them suited to direct
installation onto receiver multicoupling shelves or racking.
RX1417-1231-51

Ideal for low and medium density sites


0

Compact package

-10

Rugged, reliable construction

-30

-20

-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX1417-1231-51


@ 1.2MHz BW

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

RX1315-1231-51

132-150

RX1417-1231-51

144-174

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

1.2 MHz

1.7 (Typ)

2.3 (Typ)

Rx and
Low Power Tx

50 Ohms

Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX1315-1231-51

Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements

RX1417-1231-51

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

108 / 4.25

483 / 19

127 / 5

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

2.7 / 5.9

BNC female

www.rfi.com.au
55

Receiver Preselectors
132-174 MHz
These models are 4-section preselectors, using 50mm (2") helical
resonators that may be tuned to a bandwidth of approximately 1.2MHz
within the 132-150MHz or 148-174MHz frequency ranges.
They offer greater selectivity than 3-section models, with minimal
additional insertion loss.
The symmetrical response and small size of these units also make
them ideal for integration into bi-directional amplifiers and other
systems applications.
The units are mounted on a 483mm (19inch) front panel for easy
mounting and their small size also make them suitable for direct
installation on receiver multicoupling shelves or racking.

0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX1417-1241-51


@ 2.0MHz BW

Ideal for low and medium density sites


Symmetrical response
Compact package
Rugged, reliable construction

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

RX1315-1241-51

132-150

RX1417-1241-51

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

1.2 MHz

2.0 (Typ)

2.5 (Typ)

Rx only
Low Power Tx

50 Ohms

144-174

Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX1315-1241-51

Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements

RX1417-1241-51

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

108 / 4.25

483 / 19

127 / 5

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

3.0 / 6.6

BNC female

www.rfi.com.au
56

Receiver Preselectors
130-230 MHz
These receiver preselectors offer excellent performance in a
compact physical package. These models are 4 section helical
filters that can be tuned to bandwidths of up to 2.5MHz.
They are ideally suited to in-plant systems and low to medium
density communication sites. Integral mounting brackets and their
small size make them ideal for direct installation on equipment
shelves or racking.
These units small size makes them suitable for direct installation
onto receiver multicoupling shelves or racking.

0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-10

Tunable bandwidth

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX1516-1141-18


@ 2.0MHz BW

Ideal for in-plant systems


Compact size
RFI Systems records support
Rugged construction

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

RX1314-1141-18

130-140

RX1415-1141-18

144-154

RX1516-1141-18

152-162

RX1617-1141-18

160-170

RX1718-1141-18

170-180

RX1820-1141-18

180-200

RX2023-1141-18

200-230

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

2.5 MHz
(Typ)

2.0 (Typ)

2.0 (Typ)

Rx Only

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

ALL MODELS

Painted
aluminium

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches) typ.


32 / 1.25

103 / 4

155 / 6.1

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-20 to +60
-4 to +140

0.4 / 0.9

BNC female

www.rfi.com.au
57

Receiver Preselectors
132-174 MHz
These preselectors utilise time-proven 100mm (4") re-entrant
cavities in a design of superior flexibility that provides both high
selectivity and factory adjustable bandwidth in a compact package.
They can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input
powers up to 125-250 Watts depending on pass bandwidth
settings. Two or more of these units may be used to provide a
multi-window receive preselector, or a wide passband, high power,
duplexer.
This model is supplied (standard) mounted on a 3RU panel, flushmount shelf, other mounting styles are available to suit 483mm
(19") racking.

RX1418-1441-31
0

Ideal for high density sites

-10

Adjustable pass bandwidth

-30

-20

-40

Suits analogue or digital systems

-50
-60

RFI Systems records support

-70
-80

Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth


duplexers

-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX1418-1441-31


@ 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0MHz BW

Response may be further enhanced with


additional filtering
Various mounting styles available

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

RX1315-1441-31

132-150

RX1418-1441-31

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

0.5 to 2.0 MHz

1.4 (Typ)

1.8 (Typ)

125-250
Note 1.

50 Ohms

144-174

Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

RX1315-1441-31

RX1418-1441-31

Construction
Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements
with powder
coated front panel

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

133 / 5.25

483 / 19

546 / 21.5

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

8.6 / 19

N female

www.rfi.com.au
58

Receiver Preselectors
132-250 MHz
These preselectors utilise time-proven 168mm (6.625") cavities in a
design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and
factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact package.
They can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers
up to 400 watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or more
of these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive
preselector, or a wide passband, high power, duplexer.
This model is supplied (standard) mounted on a centre mount rail and
a front mount rail suited to 483mm (19") rack.

High selectivity
Ideal for high density sites
Adjustable pass bandwidth
Suits analogue or digital systems
RFI Systems records support
RX1317-1641-41

Suitable for use in high power, wide bandwidth


duplexers

0
-10

Response may be further enhanced with additional


filtering

-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX1317-1641-41


@ 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0MHz BW

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

RX1317-1641-41

132-174

RX1625-1641-41

168-250

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

0.5 to 2.0 MHz

0.7 (Typ)

1.0 (Typ)

400
Note 1.

50 Ohms

Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX1317-1641-41

Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements

RX1625-1641-41

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)


838 / 33
483 / 19

+190 / 7.5
-190 / 7.5

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

22 / 50

N female

762 / 30

www.rfi.com.au
59

Receiver Preselectors
174-275 MHz
These preselectors utilise time-proven 100mm (4") bandpass cavities
in a design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and
factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact package.
They can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers
up to 125-250 Watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or
more of these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive
preselector, or a wide passband, high power, duplexer.
Various mounting styles are available upon request.

Ideal for high density sites

RX2127-1441-31

Adjustable pass bandwidth

Ideal as post-combiner filter at up to 250 watts input


power

-10
-20
-30
-40

RFI Systems records support

-50
-60

Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth


duplexers

-70
-80

Response may be further enhanced with additional


filtering

-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX2127-1441-31


@ 0.5, 1.0 & 2.0MHz

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

RX1720-1441-31

174-200

RX2127-1441-31

215-275

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

0.5 to 3.0 MHz

<2.0 (Typ)

1.3 (Typ)

125-250
Note 1.

50 Ohms

Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX1720-1441-31
RX2127-1441-31

Alodined aluminium
with silver plated
tuning elements
with powder coated
flush front panel

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

134 / 5.25

483 / 19

305 / 12

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

22 / 50

N female

www.rfi.com.au
60

Receiver Preselectors
215-300 MHz
This model is a 3-section preselector using 50mm (2") helical
resonators offering a pass bandwidth of 0.6 to 2.0MHz within the 215300MHz frequency range.
The symmetrical response and small size of this unit also make it ideal
for integration into bi-directional amplifiers and other systems
applications.
This model is supplied mounted on a 483mm (19inch) front panel for
easy mounting and its small size also makes it suitable for direct
installation on receiver multicoupling shelves or racking.
RX2130-1231-51

Ideal for low and medium density sites


0

Tunable pass bandwidth

-10

RFI Systems records support

-30

-20

Suited to bi-directional amplifiers and other similar


systems applications
Response may be further enhanced with additional
filtering

-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX2130-1231-51

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

RX2130-1231-51

215-300

0.6 to 2.0 MHz

2.5 (Typ)

3.2 (Typ)

Rx Only
Lower Power Tx

50 Ohms

Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX2130-1231-51

Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements

50 / 2

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

483 / 19

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

2.8 / 6

BNC female

210 / 8.25

www.rfi.com.au
61

Receiver Preselectors
300-400 MHz
This preselector utilises time-proven 100mm (4") bandpass cavities in
a design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and
factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact package.
It can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers up to
125-250 Watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or more of
these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive preselector,
or a wide passband high power duplexer.
This model is available mounted on a 3RU panel, flush-mount shelf.
Other mounting styles are available to suit 483mm (19") racking.

Ideal for emerging Trunking and PMR bands

RX3040-1441-31

Suits high density sites


0

Adjustable pass bandwidth

-10

Ideal for analogue and digital systems

-30

-20

-40

Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth


duplexers

-50
-60
-70

Response may be further enhanced with additional


filtering

-80
-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX3040-1441-31


@ 0.5, 1.0 & 2.0MHz

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

RX3040-1441-31

300-400

0.5 to 3.0 MHz

<2.0 (Typ)

1.3 (Typ)

125-250
Note 1.

50 Ohms

Notes: 1. Power rating varies with Pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

Alodined aluminium
with silver plated
RX3040-1441-31
tuning elements
with powder coated
flush front panel

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

134 / 5.25

483 / 19

305 / 12

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

22 / 50

N female

www.rfi.com.au
62

Receiver Preselectors
380-420 MHz
This preselector has been specifically designed to cater for the
exacting requirements of new digital technologies such as P25.
However it is equally suitable for analogue systems use. The unit is a
precision milled combline filter offering excellent performance
characteristics.
It offers exceptional passband roll off to provide excellent selectivity
and transmitter band rejection. In addition, its construction provides
other benefits such as broad pass bandwidth capability and low
insertion loss. The pass bandwidth requirement in this frequency
segment is often 5MHz, but other widths can be provided if necessary.
Alternate UHF frequency bands can also be provided upon request.
The model is provided on a powder coated 2RU flush front panel, and
other mounting styles are also available upon request.

RX3842-1801-31
0
-10

Developed for emerging P25 markets

-20
-30

Also suited to analogue technologies

-40

Excellent selectivity

-60

-50

-70

Low insertion loss

-80
-90

Compact construction

-25

fo

+25

Typical Response Curve - RX3842-1801-31


@ 5MHz

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

RX3842-1801-31

380-420

5.0 MHz (typ)

1.5

1.5

Rx Only

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX3842-1801-31

Alodined aluminium with silver


plated tuning elements
Mounted on powder coated
flush front panel

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

89 / 3.5

483 / 19

204 / 8

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

10 / 22

N female

www.rfi.com.au
63

Receiver Preselectors
400-520 MHz
This preselector is a 3-section, helical resonator filter that has a pass
bandwidth from 0.6 to 1.0MHz within the 400-520MHz frequency
range. Typical selectivity is greater than 45dB at frequencies 4MHz
above or below the passband edges.
The symmetrical response and small size of these units also makes it
ideal for integration into bi-directional amplifiers and other systems
applications.
The unit is mounted on a 483mm (19inch) front panel for easy
mounting and its small size also makes the resonators themselves
ideal for direct installation on receiver multicoupling shelves or racking.
RX4052-1231-51

Tunable bandwidth
0

Ideal for in-plant systems

-10

Suitable for compact systems

-30

-20

-40

Rugged reliable construction

-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX4052-1231-51


@ 0.6MHz BW

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

RX4052-1231-51

400-520

0.6 to 1.0 MHz

2.5 (Typ)

3.2 (Typ)

Rx Only
Low Power Tx

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX4052-1231-51

Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements

50 / 2

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

483 / 19

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

2.8 / 6

BNC female

210 / 8.25

www.rfi.com.au
64

Receiver Preselectors
400-520 MHz
This preselector utilises time-proven 100mm (4") bandpass cavities in
a design of superior flexibility that provides both high selectivity and
factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact package.
It can be also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers
up to 125-250 Watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or
more of these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive
preselector or a wide passband, high power, duplexer.
This model is available mounted on a 3RU panel. Other mounting
styles are available to suit 483mm (19") racking.
RX4052-1441-31

Ideal for analogue and digital, Trunking and PMR


Suits high density sites
0

Adjustable pass bandwidth

-10

RFI Systems records support

-30

-20

Ideal as post-combiner filter at up to 250 Watts input


power

-40
-50
-60
-70

Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth


duplexers

-80
-90

-10

Response may be further enhanced with additional


filtering

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX4052-1441-31


@ 0.5, 1.0 & 2.0MHz

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

RX4052-1441-31

400-520

0.5 to 5.0 MHz


(Typ)

1.5 (Typ)

1.8 (Typ)

125-250
Note 1.

50 Ohms

Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX4052-1441-31

Alodined aluminium with silver


plated tuning elements, with
powder coated front panel

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

134 / 5.25

483 / 19

305 / 12

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

6.3 / 14

N female

www.rfi.com.au
65

Receiver Preselectors
400-530 MHz
These preselectors have been designed for applications such as
mobile trunking and in-plant receiver multicoupling requiring up to
4MHz wide passbands. The Vari-Notch response of the units can be
tuned to provide the sharper response skirt on either the lower or
upper side of the passband to optimise rejection of corresponding
transmitter channels or other signals.
They offer high performance characteristics and suit applications
requiring high power operation and excellent VSWR across the entire
passband(s). As such they are also ideally suited as post-combiner
filters for transmitter multicouplers.
Unlike some other compact preselectors, these models provide a
stable VSWR over a genuine 4MHz wide passband. This ensures that
constant, stable isolation and insertion loss characteristics are
maintained across the entire band. The Vari-Notch circuit by design
also offers a degree of out-of-band rejection that further enhances the
scope of application for these units.
These models each comprise four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a
Vari-Notch configuration and mounted on a 1RU 483mm (19inch)
cantilever shelf. Alternatively, a mobile mount version and other custom
styles are available.

RX4953-1541-31

0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80

Ideal for mobile Trunking and in-plant Systems

-90

-10

Ideal as a post-combiner filter at up to 100 watts


input power

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX4953-1541-31


@3.0MHz BW

Small, compact size


Mobile-mount style available
Adjustable pass bandwidth
RFI Systems records support

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

RX4044-1541-31

400-440

RX4447-1541-31

440-470

RX4749-1541-31

470-490

RX4953-1541-31

490-530

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

0.1 to 5.0 MHz


(Typ)

2.0 (Typ)

1.8 (Typ)

100

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

All models

Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

44 / 1.75

483 / 19

200 / 8.0

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-20 to +80
-22 to +176

1.2 / 2.64

BNC female

www.rfi.com.au
66

Receiver Preselectors
380-700 MHz
These preselectors are iris-coupled, 3 or 4-section filters. The
available bandwidth is dedendent upon configuration and ranges from
380-700MHz frequency range (typical).
Their small size makes them ideal as general-purpose preselectors or
for use in most low and medium density communications sites, in-plant
systems and in specialised applications such as bi-directional amplifier
systems.
They are ideal for direct installation on receiver multicoupling shelves
or racking. Alternate mounting styles are available to order.
RX4070-1243-11

Factory tunable bandwidth


Ideal for low and medium-density sites
0

Suited to in-plant designs

-10

RFI Systems records support

-30

-20

-40

Rugged, high quality design

-50
-60

Response may be enhanced with additional filtering

-70
-80
-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX4070-1243-11


@3.0MHz BW

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

RX4060-1231-11

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

2.5 (Typ)

3.2 (Typ)

Rx
Low Power Tx

50 Ohms

0.6 @ 400-430MHz

RX4060-1232-11

0.6 @ 450-470MHz
400-600
(Typ)

RX4060-1233-11

0.6 @ 470-490MHz

RX4060-1234-11

0.6 @ 490-510MHz

RX4060-1235-11

0.6 @ 510-530MHz

RX4070-1241-11

0.8 @ 450-470MHz
380-700
(Typ)

RX4070-1242-11
RX4070-1243-11

1.5 @ 470-490MHz
2.0 @ 400-420MHz

Mechanical
Model No.

RX4060-1231-11
RX4060-1221-11
RX4060-1231-11
RX4060-1241-11
RX4060-1251-11

Construction

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

147 / 5.7
Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements

RX4070-1241-11
RX4070-1242-11
RX4070-1243-11

Temperature
C/F

172 / 6.8

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

1.09 / 2.4
-30 to +60
-22 to +140

51 / 2

196 / 7.7

178 / 7.0

Connectors

BNC female

1.28 / 2.8

www.rfi.com.au
67

Receiver Preselectors
800-1000 MHz
These receiver preselectors offer excellent performance in a compact
physical package. This model is a six section helical filter that can be
tuned to pass bandwidths of up to 10 MHz.
This model is normally supplied separately for mounting into systems
such as bi-directional amplifiers (BDAs) but a range of mounting styles
are available upon request.

Ideal for Trunking and PMR on low density sites


RX8287-1181-18

Suits BDA and other systems applications


0

Adjustable pass bandwidth

-10
-20

RFI Systems records support

-30
-40

Suited to use in low power, wide bandwidth


duplexers

-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-20

fo

+20

Typical Response Curve - RX8287-1181-18

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

RX8287-1181-18

820-870

1.0 to 10.0 MHz


Typical

2.0 (Typ)

2.2 (Typ)

Rx
Low Power Tx

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX8287-1181-18

Painted
aluminium

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

32 / 1.25

210 / 8.25

90 / 3.5

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-20 to +60
-4 to +140

0.64 / 1.4

BNC female

www.rfi.com.au
68

Receiver Preselectors
800-1000 MHz
This preselector utilises time-proven 100mm (4") wavelength
bandpass cavities in a design of superior flexibility that provides both
high selectivity and factory-adjustable bandwidth in a compact
package.
It can also be used as a post-combiner filter at total input powers up to
125-250 watts depending on pass bandwidth settings. Two or more of
these units may be used to provide a multi-window receive preselector
or a wide passband, high power duplexer.
This model is available mounted on a 3RU panel, flush-mount shelf, or
in a cross-mount style - both suiting 483mm (19") racking.

RX8010-1441-31
0

Ideal for analogue and digital, Trunking and PMR

-10

Suits high density sites

-30

-20

-40

Adjustable pass bandwidth

-50
-60

RFI Systems records support

-70
-80

Ideal as post-combiner filter at up to 250 watts


input power

-90

-10

Suited to use in high power, wide bandwidth


duplexers

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - RX8010-1441-31


@ 0.5, 1.0 & 2.0MHz

Response may be further enhanced with additional


filtering

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Passband Insertion
Loss (dB)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

RX8010-1441-31

800-1000

0.2 to 8.0 MHz

1.0 (Typ)

1.3 (Typ)

125-250
Note 1.

50 Ohms

Note: 1. Power rating varies with pass bandwidth. Please consult RFI if further clarification required.

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

RX8010-1441-31

Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements,
with powder
coated front panel

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

134 / 5.25

483 / 19

305 / 12

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60
-22 to +140

6.3 / 14

N female

www.rfi.com.au
69

Receiver Preselectors
800-1000 MHz
These preselectors are combline, maximally-flat bandpass filters that
provide the low insertion loss and high selectivity required in RFcongested environments.
They are ideally suited to use in receiver preselectors and bidirectional amplifier systems requiring high selectivity in a compact
size.
Depending on the model, six to twelve-section models provide 515MHz of passband that can be tuned anywhere in their respective
frequency ranges. These preselectors satisfy a wide variety of system
design applications in the 800MHz and 900MHz bands. They are
particularly suited to multi-channel systems including trunking radio,
cellular, Bi-directional Amplifier applications and Distributed Antenna
Systems (DAS).
These models are recommended for typical system applications where
ample transmit-receive frequency separation exists and/or when
carrier attenuation requirements can be satisfied with the combined
preselector selectivity and/or antenna isolation.
These models are mounted on flush rack mount panels, or they may
be mounted in alternative mounting styles if desired.

RX8082-1801-31
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80

Suits analogue and digital technologies


Ideal for Trunking and Cellular applications
Suits high density sites

-90

-50

fo

+50

Typical Response Curve - RX8082-1801-31


@ 18.0MHz

Ideal for tower mount amplifiers


Broad range available upon request
Response may be further enhanced with additional
Example models shown
(other variants available on request)

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
70

Receiver Preselectors
800-1000 MHz
Electrical
Model No.

Frequency
(MHz)

Pass Bandwidth

Insertion Loss @ fo
(dB)

Sections

15

0.4 dB

0.9 dB

15

0.6 dB

RX8082-1861-31
RX8082-1862-31

806-821

RX8082-1881-31
RX8082-1801-31

806-824

18

0.7 dB

10

RX8284-1861-31

825-845

10

0.6 dB

15

0.4 dB

1.2 dB

RX8586-1861-31

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

Rx Only

50 Ohms

851-866
RX8586-1882-31
RX8789-1861-31

870-890

10

0.6 dB

RX8991-1801-31

890-915

25

0.5 dB

10

RX8991-1802-31

890-915

25

0.5 dB

12

1.0 dB

1.0 dB

25

0.7 dB

10

25

0.7 dB

12

RX8990-1861-31
896-901
RX8990-1881-31
RX9396-1801-31
935-960
RX9396-1802-31

Mechanical
Model No.

Size - H x W x D
(mm / inches)

Construction

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

RX8082-1861-31
3.1 / 6.8
RX8082-1862-31
RX8082-1881-31

3.6 / 7.9

RX8082-1801-31

3.8 / 8.4

RX8284-1861-31
RX8586-1861-31

3.1 / 6.8

RX8586-1882-31
RX8789-1861-31

Alodined aluminium with


silver plated tuning
elements, with four alodined
front panel

134
5.25

483
19

64
2.5

-30 to +60
-22 to 140

3.6 / 7.9

N female

RX8991-1801-31
3.1 / 6.8
RX8991-1802-31
RX8990-1861-31

3.8 / 8.4

RX8990-1881-31

4.1 / 9.0

RX9396-1801-31

3.8 / 8.4

RX9396-1802-31

4.1 / 9.0

RX8586-1841-31

50
2

483
19

135
5.3

3.8 / 8.3

www.rfi.com.au
71

Receiver Distribution
Systems
Note: For an introduction to our receiver multicoupler technology, please refer to
the Technical Support section at the rear of this catalogue.
RFI offers a family of modular-style receiver multicouplers that utilise class "A", low
noise, bipolar transistor preamplifiers with excellent third order intercept (3OIP)
and 1dB compression specifications in conjunction with multichannel distribution
dividers to provide a dynamically expandable receiver multicoupler system for
analogue and digital systems.
Applications for the modules in this family include the improvement of receive
sensitivity, isolation measurement systems, increasing test equipment
(i.e. spectrum analyser) sensitivity, and the distribution of signals to multiple
receivers or other equipment.
Using our "pyramid" style interconnection system, receiver multicouplers can be
provided in output configurations from single (1) to sixty-four (64) distributed
channels in standard configurations, and customised designs can easily
accommodate the requirements of high density sites requiring even more
channels.
Preamplifiers and dividers may be added over time, as needed, to keep pace with
the receiver multicoupler capacity requirements on an individual site-by-site basis
- therefore optimising expenditure on site equipment at all times. In addition, the
modular format of our units allow them to be easily reconfigured at any future date
to adapt to changes in antenna and associated receiver preselector installations
at a site should these occur. This modular flexibility also allows any of the
preamplifier or divider modules to be re-used on other sites if a site is
decommissioned at any time.
Preamplifier modules may be cascaded to provide higher levels of gain, or
individual units may be incorporated within complex distribution systems to
balance overall gain levels for particular channels.
Single stage preamplifier configurations are typically suitable for up to eight (8) or
sixteen (16) distributed channel outputs. A dual stage preamplifier typically has
sufficient gain to drive up to sixty-four (64) such channels.
In addition, passive attenuators are provided in all models to allow for the correct
settings of system gain within a given site configuration. When dual stage
preamplifiers are employed, the attenuator is connected between stages. In this
position the second stage will operate at the highest output signal level only when
maximum gain is required, obtaining the best IM performance possible over all
gain adjustments.
Construction uses specially designed aluminium extrusions. Preamp stages are
individually shielded to allow high gain packaging and to
minimise extraneous coupling in areas of high level
RF fields. Each amplifier stage has an op-amp
controlled bias level to ensure stable gain
and noise figure performance across a
wide temperature range and supply
voltage variation.

72

Receiver Distribution Systems


Receiver Multicoupler Systems
These Receiver Multicoupler systems suit analogue and digital
technologies and are factory assembled on a 1RU 19inch rack
mount shelf with a grey powder coated flush front panel. The
overall gain of the system is adjustable, and initially set by
attenuator pads that are supplied and fitted in the factory.
These models are supplied with single or multiple stage
preamplifiers and distribution channel outputs as per the
following table. All models operate from an external regulated
12-15Vdc power supply.
RX3855-3216-31

Electrical
Outputs

PreAmps

Maximum Gain (dB)


typ.

RX0308-3104-31

12

RX0308-3108-31

12

RX0308-3116-31

16

RX1036-3104-31

12

RX1036-3108-31

RX1036-3112-31

12

RX1036-3116-31

16

12

RX1317-3108-31

RX1317-3112-31

12

RX1317-3116-31

16

RX1740-3104-31

10

Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

30-88

RX0308-3112-31

108-136

RX1317-3104-31

RX1740-3108-31

174-400

RX1740-3112-31

12

RX1740-3116-31

16

RX3855-3104-31

RX3855-3108-31

RX3855-3208-31

14

RX3855-3212-31

380-550

12

10

RX3855-3216-31

16

10

RX8010-3104-31

RX8010-3108-31

RX8010-3208-31

13

RX8010-3212-31

800-1000

12

RX8010-3216-31

16

Noise Figure (dB)


typ.

Current @ 15vdc
typ.

2.5

110mA

3.5

110mA

3.5

110mA

50mA
2.8
100mA

25mA
3.5
50mA

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

All above
models

Rack shelf with


powder coated front
panel

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

44 / 1.75

482 / 19

350 / 13.8

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60C
-22 to +140F

Dependent on
configuration

BNC / N female

Higher maximum gain values can be provided.


Further expansion beyond these listed capacities is possible through the addition of extra preamplifier modules and/or output
distribution dividers and mounting shelves.
Other frequency bands and mounting styles are also available on request.
Please contact your nearest RFI office for further information.

www.rfi.com.au
73

Receiver Distribution Systems


Receiver Multicoupler Starter Systems

Typical 4-way receiver distribution system

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency
(MHz)

No.of Stages

PreAmp Gain
(typ.)

Noise Figure
(typ.)

3rd I.P.
(typ.)

1dB Comp.
(typ.)

Supply
(typ.)

RX0020-3104-31

5-200

15 dB

3.5 dB

+28 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
70mA

RX0308-3104-31

30-88

19 dB

2.5 dB

+41 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
110mA

RX1013-3104-31

108-136

19 dB

3.5 dB

+41 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
110mA

RX1317-3104-31

132-174

19 dB

3.5 dB

+41 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
110mA

RX1740-3104-31

174-400

15 dB

3.5 dB

+41 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
50mA

RX3855-3104-31

380-550

12 dB

2.8 dB

+38 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
50mA

RX8010-3104-31

800-1000

13 dB

3.5 dB

+31 dBm

+15 dBm

+12-15vdc@
25mA

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

All above
models

Rack shelf with


powder coated front
panel

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

44 / 1.75

482 / 19

350 / 13.8

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

-30 to +60C
-22 to +140F

6.3 / 14

N female

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
74

Receiver Distribution Systems


Expansion Kits

Receiver Multicoupler Expansion Kits (4 to 8 channel capacity)


This kit may be ordered for use in all frequency bands. It expands the existing single stage Starter
System from four (4) to eight (8) outputs, and provides an additional two-way and four-way output
divider, interconnect cable, hardware and instructions for mounting onto the existing shelf. The total
possible overall system gain of the initial Starter System is reduced by around 3dB by the insertion loss
of the two-way divider.

Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Expansion

PreAmps
in Kit

Two-way
splitters in kit

Four-way splitters
in kit

Supply

RX0000-4008-11

5-1000

From 4-8

As per 4 channel above

Receiver Multicoupler - Expansion Kits (8 to 12 channel capacity)


This kit may be ordered for use in all frequency bands. It expands the above eight (8) channel system
to twelve (12) channels and provides two additional four-way output dividers, interconnect cable, a
preamplifier, a 50 Ohm termination for the unused port plus hardware and instructions for mounting
onto the existing shelf. The total possible overall system gain of the above eight (8) channel system is
increased by the inclusion of the preamplifier module.

Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Expansion

PreAmps
in Kit

Two-way
splitters in kit

Four-way
splitters in kit

Supply
(typ.)

RX0020-4112-11

5-200

From 8-12

+12-15vdc@ 70mA

RX0308-4112-11

30-88

From 8-12

+12-15vdc@ 110mA

RX1036-4112-11

108-136

From 8-12

+12-15vdc@ 110mA

RX1317-4112-11

132-174

From 8-12

+12-15vdc@ 110mA

RX1740-4112-11

174-400

From 8-12

+12-15vdc@ 110mA

RX3855-4112-11

380-550

From 8-12

+12-15vdc@ 50mA

RX8010-4112-11

800-1000

From 8-12

+12-15vdc@ 25mA

www.rfi.com.au
75

Receiver Distribution Systems


Expansion Kits
Receiver Multicoupler Expansion Kits (12 to 16 channel capacity)
This kit may be ordered for use in all frequency bands. It expands the twelve (12) channel system to
sixteen (16) channels, and provides an additional four-way output divider, interconnect cable, hardware
and instructions for mounting onto the existing shelf. The total possible overall system gain of this
configuration is the same as the twelve (12) channel expanded system.

Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

Expansion

PreAmps
in Kit

Two-way
splitters in kit

Four-way
splitters in kit

Supply

RX0000-4016-11

5-1000

From 12-16

As per 12 channel above

Further expansion beyond these listed capacities is possible through the addition of additional preamplifier modules and/or
output distribution dividers and mounting shelves.
Other frequency bands and mounting styles are also available on request.
Please contact your nearest RFI office for further information.

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
76

Receiver Distribution Systems


Preamplifier Modules
These preamplifier modules are used in our receiver distribution
systems products.
They offer exceptional performance and combine low-noise class A
operation utilising a low distortion bi-polar design that provides a high
3rd order intercept point (3OIP) and excellent 1dB compression point
ratings.
If required, these units may also be cascaded to provide amplifier
blocks of up to 70dB gain or higher.

Suitable for analogue and digital systems

RX3855-2001-11

Very low noise


Superior 3OIP and 1dB compression point
Excellent stability
May be cascaded for higher gain
Suited for use in receiver multicoupling, BDAs, etc.

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

PreAmp Gain
(typ.)

Noise Figure
(typ.)

3rd I.P.
(typ.)

1dB Comp.
(typ.)

Supply
(typ.)

RX0308-2001-11

30-88

15 dB

3.5 dB

+28 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
70mA

RX1036-2001-11

108-136

19 dB

2.0 dB

+41 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
110mA

RX1317-2001-11

132-174

19 dB

2.3 dB

+41 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
110mA

RX1740-2001-11

174-400

19 dB

2.3 dB

+41 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
110mA

RX3855-2001-11

380-550

12 dB

2.8 dB

+38 dBm

+26 dBm

+12-15vdc@
50mA

RX8010-2001-11

800-1000

13 dB

2.3 dB

+31 dBm

+15 dBm

+12-15vdc@
25mA

Mechanical
Model No.

Construction

Size - H x W x D (mm / inches)

Temperature
C/F

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

All above models

Alodine aluminium
casing

44 x 57 x 82 / 1.75 x 2.25 x 3.25

-40 to +60C
-40 to +140F

0.25 / 0.55

TNC female (power)


BNC female
(RF In / Out)

www.rfi.com.au
77

Receiver Distribution Systems


Port Terminations
These 50 Ohm terminations are specifically designed to terminate unused ports on low power devices
(such as receiver distribution systems) and help ensure optimum shielding and the lowest system noise
figures.
They are supplied individually in BNC and N male configurations. For other termination devices,
please refer to the Systems Products section of this catalogue.

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency

Return Loss / VSWR

Power Rating

Impedance

DC-1000

30 dB / 1.05:1

0.5 Watts (Rx Only)

50 Ohms

Temp Range

Weight
(g / oz)

SP0000-6001-11
SP0000-6002-11

Mechanical
Model No.

Dimensions

SP0000-6001-11

As per BNC male

SP0000-6002-11

As per N male

-30 to +60C
-22 to +140C

9 / 0.4
29 / 1.2

Finish
As per
connector

Connectors
BNC male
N male

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
78

Tower Mounted
Systems
RFI offers a family of modular-style Tower Mounted Preamplifier Systems to
improve your system's receive performance. Designed for today's challenging
and often hostile RF environments, this family of products offers an excellent
balance between low noise, high gain, and intermodulation immunity.
Superior performance and rugged dependability coupled with our design,
assembly and testing quality make our tower mounted systems ideal for any
application - including cellular, wireless data, analogue and digital PMR, trunking
and conventional two-way radio.
In addition to improving receiver system sensitivity, tower-mounted preamplifiers
can also provide you the option of using higher-loss, more cost effective coaxial
cabling that can also reduce structural loadings on towers.
Whilst there are some "typical" system configurations based on commonly utilised
applications and frequencies, we can also custom design and manufacture
systems to suit your needs using the same tried and proven module technologies
used in our other multicoupling systems, in frequencies from 30MHz to over
2500MHz. A sampling of our standard product is shown in this catalogue but if
you require a tower mounted preamplifier system not shown in this catalogue,
please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for further assistance.

Manual Backup Series


This series brings economy with uncompromised performance. The tower unit's
enclosure is constructed from a weather proof thick-walled stainless steel cabinet.

Tower Unit
The tower unit consists of three (3) internal subassemblies: a preselector filter,
preamplifier/bypass circuitry, and a surge suppressor/DC bias tap. The mounting
bar included with the system enclosure has stainless steel bracket plates
fastening to round poles or tower legs. The preamplifier/bypass circuitry is
optimised to achieve the lowest possible noise figure without compromising
intermodulation specifications. Bypass circuitry allows continued operation
without signal amplification in the event power is lost. Alternatively, if the
preamplifier fails, removing power from the coaxial cable forces the tower unit into
a bypass mode, preserving receive operation.
The surge suppressor/DC bias tap includes a Polyphaser gas-discharge device
that suppresses destructive transients at the coaxial cable point of entry. Bulkhead mounting provides a low impedance ground connection for the Polyphaser
device.

Ground Unit
The ground-level control panel consists of an AC power supply, an input for
external 12-15VDC battery backup, surge suppressor, and DC bias injection
module.

79

AMP

Surge
Suppressor
& DC Bias Tap

Combine Preselector

Tower Mounted Systems

Tower Feedline

Surge
Suppressor &
DC Bias Inject

Tower
Power Supply

DC Backup
Power
12-15 VDC

To Receiver
Multicoupler

Typical Tower Mount Unit


Gain

Up to 10dB (typical)

Amplifier Noise Figure

1.1dB

System Noise Figure

2.0-3.0dB

Typical 3OIP

+40dBm

DC Supply Voltage

+15VDC

Nom. I/O Impedance

50 Ohms

I/O VSWR

1.5:1

Temperature Range

-40 to +60 C / -22 to +140 F

Connectors

N female

Overall Dimensions

HxWxD 630x300x300mm (24.8x12x12")

Enclosure Type

Stainless Steel

Weight

13.5kg / 29.7lbs

Typical Ground Unit


AC Supply Voltage

120/240VAC 50/60Hz

DC Backup Voltage

12-15VDC

Max. Power Consumption

4 watts (typical)

Temperature Range

-40 to +60 C / -22 to +140 F

Connectors

N female

Panel Dimensions

HxWxD 88x483x248mm (3.5x19x9.75") typical

Weight

2.7kg / 6lbs

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
80

Tower Mounted Systems

Main / Standby Models


RFI supply units that utilise a switched backup system in which an isolated, off-line secondary
preamplifier is switched into service in case of primary preamplifier failure. These systems allow the
operator to manually activate the secondary preamplifier via a switch in the equipment room. In
addition, these units can be supplied featuring Auto-Backup circuitry that automatically activates the
secondary preamplifier when primary operating current falls outside of preset limits.

Tower Unit
The tower unit is housed in a compact weatherproof stainless steel cabinet with appropriate
connectors, gaskets, and moisture relief fitting.
It contains the following major systems components:
a preselector filter
primary and secondary low-noise preamplifiers
amplifier switching control circuitry
DC bias tap and transient suppression circuitry
optional RF Test port with 30dB sampler

The surge suppressor/DC bias tap includes a Polyphaser gas-discharge device that suppresses
destructive transients at the coaxial cable point of entry.

Control Panel
The ground-level control panel consists of an AC power supply, an input for external 12-15VDC power,
surge suppressor, DC bias injection module, and a preamplifier selector switch. It is connected to the
tower-mounted unit via 50ohm, low-loss coaxial cable.
Tower Mount Unit
Gain

Up to 10dB typical

Amplifier Noise Figure

2.5dB typical

System Noise Figure

5.0dB typical

Typical 3OIP

+38dBm (min.)

DC Supply Voltage

+15VDC

Nom. I/O Impedance

50 Ohms

I/O VSWR

2.0:1

Temperature Range

-40 to +60 C / -22 to +140 F

Overall Dimensions

HxWxD 630x300x300mm (24.8x12x12")

Enclosure Type

Stainless Steel

Weight

15.4kg / 34lbs
Control Panel

AC Supply Voltage

120/240VAC 50/60Hz

DC Backup Voltage

12-15VDC (24-37VDC on Auto-Backup models)

Max. Power Consumption

4 watts

Temperature Range

-40 to +60 C / -22 to +140 F

Connectors

N female

Panel Dimensions

HxWxD 88x483x248mm (3.5x19x9.75")

Weight

2.7kg / 6lbs(6.4kg / 14.5lbs on Auto-Backup models)

www.rfi.com.au
81

Tower Mounted Systems

SYSTEM
RECEIVING
ANTENNA

SYSTEM
RECEIVING
ANTENNA

LOW-LOSS
ANTENNA
FEEDLINE

LOW-LOSS
ANTENNA
FEEDLINE

OPTIONAL RF
TEST POINT
CONTROL

OPTIONAL RF
TEST POINT
CONTROL

-30 dB
TAP

-30 dB
TAP
COMBLINE
PRESELECTOR

COMBLINE
PRESELECTOR
SECONDARY
AMPLIFIER
(OFF LINE)

RF
SWITCHING
MODULE

PRIMARY
AMPLIFIER
(IN LINE)

PRIMARY
AMPLIFIER
(IN LINE)

RF
SWITCHING
MODULE

SECONDARY
AMPLIFIER
(OFF LINE)

+15 V
+15 V

Auto-Backup (TM)
CONTROL MODULE

MANUAL BACKUP
CONTROL MODULE

IN-LINE
SURGE
SUPPRESSOR

SURGE
SUPPRESSOR
& DC BIAS TAP

Transmission
Line

Test Port
Cable

Test Port
Cable

SURGE
SUPPRESSOR
& DC BIAS TAP

Transmission
Line

Control
Cable

9-CONDUCTOR
CONTROL CABLE
LOW-LOSS TOWER
TRANSMISSION LINE

RF TEST
CABLE
(RG-213 or
RG-214)

RF TEST
CABLE
(RG-213 or
RG-214)

RF Test
Output

RF Test
Output

OPTIONAL RF TEST PANEL


RF TEST
CONTROL

SURGE SUPPRESSOR
& DC BIAS INJECT

CONTROL PANEL
+15 V

TOWER
POWER
SUPPLY

RF+DC

RF

SURGE
SUPPRESSOR &
DC BIAS INJECT

PREAMP
SELECTOR
SWITCH

To receiver
multicoupler

Typical System Block Diagram - Manual back up

LOW-LOSS TOWER
TRANSMISSION LINE

RF Test
Input
DC Backup
Power
12-15 VDC
120/240 VAC
50/60 Hz

OPTIONAL RF TEST PANEL


RF Test
Input

SURGE SUPPRESSOR
& DC BIAS INJECT

RF TEST
CONTROL

+15 V

CONTROL PANEL
Alarm
Outputs
DC Backup
Power 24-37
VDC
117/230 VAC
50/60 Hz

VOLTAGE/CURRENT ALARMS,
DC BACKUP, PREAMP CONTROL
BACKUP
REGULATOR

IN-LINE SURGE
SUPPRESSOR

TOWER
POWER
SUPPLY

SURGE
SUPPRESSOR &
DC BIAS INJECT

RF+DC
RF

To receiver
multicoupler

Typical System Block Diagram - Auto back up

www.rfi.com.au
82

Tower Mounted Systems

Example Model
RFI supplies the SmartBackup tower top amplifier (TTA) technology. SmartBackup will switch
automatically to a backup preamplifier when warranted. The system will also go into "bypass" should
there be a catastrophic failure of both preamplifiers. The supplied preamplifiers utilise the latest
amplifier technology available to minimise the system noise figure while providing unparalleled output
performance.
In this example model, a 806-824MHz preselector provides 100dB of isolation to transmitters at
851MHz and if harsh site conditions demand it, additional preselector selectivity can be provided.This
preselector is placed just before the one rack unit receiver multicoupler that doubles as a control deck
for the TTA.
A digital display indicates the current drawn and the status of the preamplifiers respectively. Dry
contact alarm closures are provided for remote system monitoring. Please contact RFI for details on
models in other frequency bands or bandwidths.

806-824 MHz SmartBackup Tower Top Amplifier System


TTA Specifications

Receiver Multicoupler/Control Panel Specifications


Frequency Range

746-901 MHz

Frequency Range

806-824 MHz

Noise Figure

4.0 dB max

TTA Noise Figure

3.0dB typical, 3.5 dB Max

Preamp 3OIP

44 dBm

Net Gain

24 dB

Net Gain

3 dB min

TTA 3OIP

>38 dBm
3.0 dB max

VSWR

1.5:1 max

Bypass Insertion Loss

Number of Channels

16

VSWR

<1.7:1

Power Requirements

85-264 VAC, 47-63 Hz

Power Requirements

+24 VDC @ 1000 mA

Operating Temperature

-30 to +60 C / -22 to +140 F

Lightning Protection

impulse suppressor on all TTA ports

Operating Temperature

-40 to +60C / -40 to +140 F

Mechanical

Standard EIA19
Rack mount

Enclosure

NEMA 4X, Stainless Steel

Connectors

N female in, BNC female out

Connectors

N female

Dimensions H x W x D
(mm / inches)

44 x 482 x 355 / 1.75 x 19 x 14

Dimensions H x W x D
(mm / inches)

610 x 152 x 152 / 24 x 6 x 6

Net Weight

5kgs / 12lbs

Net Weight

13kgs / 30 lbs

RFI can supply a wide range of tower mount equipment configured to meet the requirements of most
systems' installations.
For information on a specific model to satisfy your system design requirements, please contact your
nearest RFI office with further details of your tower mount preamplifier requirements.

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
83

Cavity Filters

Resonant cavity filters are the building blocks of duplexers and many
other multicoupler configurations. Individual cavities may be used for a
variety of filtering and interference management applications.
In addition, units may be cascaded to obtain a sum result of their
individual characteristics, greatly expanding the configurations that can
be designed and manufactured, and thereby catering for most
customised design performance requirements
RFI offers a range of quality cavity filters in Bandpass, Standard Notch,
Series Notch, Vari-Notch and T-Pass styles.
A sampling of our standard product is shown in this catalogue, but we
can supply product for most frequencies - from as low as 900KHz to over
2200MHz. If you require a cavity filter solution not shown in this
catalogue, please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office
for further assistance.

84

The Quality

COARSE TUNING CONTROL


CALIBRATED LOOPS

FINE TUNING CONTROL

THICK END CAP, HELIARCED

AT HIGH CURRENT POINT


INSTEAD OF POP RIVETTED

SILVER PLATED, HARDENED,


COPPER CONTACT FINGERS,
AND SILVER PLATED AT HIGH
CURRENT AREA AT TOP NEAR
END CAP

SILVER PLATED BRASS


MOVABLE TUNING PROBES

1/10 SEAMLESS ALUMINIUM

PIPE WALL PASSIVATED WITH


ALODINED FINISH

SEALED END CAP

The 6mm (1/4") thick top cap that is heliarced at the high current points means the
elimination of unwanted noise - and the need for periodic retuning caused by poor
metal-to-metal contact when pop rivets are used.

The 2.5mm (1/10") seamless aluminium pipe wall means that these cavities do not
dent and detune as thin-walled copper types can. The non-corrosive passivated
coating (alodine) is applied inside and outside the shell, unlike some others available
on the market.

Erratic tuning problems, noise, high loss, degraded selectivity, and the extra repair
labour incurred by the corrosion of tuning probe contacts is avoided through the use
of quality silver plating.

Excessive tuning time is not incurred as most cavity sizes have both a coarse and
fine tuning control as well as calibrated and easily adjustable loops.

Most cavity types can be easily reconfigured to other response styles, allowing future
re-use in alternate designs or installations.

The bottom removable end cap means ease of access into the cavity should
maintenance ever be required.

85

The Variety
I.L.SETTING

0.3 db
1.6 db

VARI-NOTCH

40 db

38 db

42 db

43 db
47 db

0.2 db

0.2 db

0.2 db

5dB
div.

NOTCH


25 db

25 db

25 db
I.L.SETTING

0.5 db

8.5 db

14 db

1.0 db
13.5 db
20.0 db

18.5 db

BANDPASS

22.5 db

Typical response characteristics for filter styles

Resonant cavity filters are the building blocks of duplexers and many types of
multicouplers. However their use is not limited to these applications. They can be
used to improve the performance of existing duplexers, to provide noise reduction
on noisy transmitters, to improve receiver front-end selectivity, or for preventing
intermodulation, desense, or overload problems.
For more information on the use of the different styles of cavity filters, please refer
to the Introduction to Cavity Filters in the Technical Support section of this
catalogue.
RFI offers an extensive range of cavity filter response types, cavity diameters, and
wavelengths to suit all applications.
In addition, our comprehensive product portfolio is supported with an extensive
research and development, manufacturing, testing and commissioning capability.
All of this means that RFI is capable of providing a multicoupling solution to suit
almost any standard and customised requirements.

86

The Flexibility

The conversion assembly was developed


with non-obsolescence in mind.
Simply put, conversion assemblies are a
variety of different but interchangeable
coupling loop assemblies that allow the
basic cavity resonator shell to operate in a
number of filter response modes - thus
providing an optimum filter response
characteristic (curve) for almost any
application.
With this convertibility, any of the 168mm
(6.625") or 254mm (10") cavities can be
made to take on a Bandpass, Vari-Notch,
Series Notch, or T-Pass response.

VARI NOTCH

T-Pass

SERIES NOTCH

BANDPASS

Conversion assemblies are not only


interchangeable,
they
are
also
continuously adjustable within their range
for various frequency separations - without
the need for cumbersome tuning stubs.
This flexibility allows RFI to solve many
complex and unusual filtering and
multicoupling challenges with relative
ease. In addition, this offers cost savings
allowing conversion of
cavities to
alternate configurations, quickly and
cheaply.

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

Please note: Typical examples of performance response curves are included in


the following cavity filters section of this catalogue.
For specific curves not included in these pages please contact your nearest RFI
sales office for assistance.

87

Cavity Filters
30-50 MHz
A range of response styles for different applications
Various sizes/wavelengths to suit performance
requirements
Temperature compensated
Rugged, reliable construction
Can be cascaded to provide enhanced response
characteristics

Ch1
dB
-10

Ch1
dB
-10

-20

-20

-30

-30

-40

-40
2

Ch2

Ch2

-60

-60

-70

-70

-80

-80

-90
Abs

-90
Abs
Span 10.000 MHz

Span 5.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV0405-0611-11


@1dB Insertion Loss

Frequency (MHz)

Size
(mm / inch)

Typical Response Curve - CV0405-5611-11


@1MHz Tx-Rx Separation

Series Notch

Vari-Notch

Bandpass
Low-Pass /
Symmetrical

High-Pass / Narrow

Low-Pass

HighPass

30-40MHz

168 / 6.625

CV0304-0611-11

CV0304-2611-11

CV0304-1611-11

CV0304-5611-11

CV0304-4611-11

30-40MHz

254 / 10

CV0304-0111-11

CV0304-2111-11

CV0304-1111-11

CV0304-5111-11

CV0304-4111-11

38-50MHz

168 / 6.625

CV0405-0611-11

CV0405-2611-11

CV0405-1611-11

CV0405-5611-11

CV0405-4611-11

38-50MHz

254 / 10

CV0405-0111-11

CV0405-2111-11

CV0405-1111-11

CV0405-5111-11

CV0405-4111-11

Diameter
(mm / inch)

Insertion loss

Wavelength

Power Rating (watts)

Impedance

168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10

0.5 - 3.0

400 - varies with insertion


loss setting

50 Ohms

www.rfi.com.au
88

Cavity Filters
66-88 MHz
A range of response styles for different applications
Temperature compensated
Rugged reliable construction
May be cascaded to provide enhanced
characteristics
Peg rack and other mounting hardware available

Ch1
dB
-10

Ch1
dB
-10

-20

-20

-30

-30
1

-40

-40

Ch2

Ch2

-60

-60

-70

-70

-80

-80

-90
Abs

-90
Abs
Span 5.000 MHz

Span 10.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV0608-0111-11


@1dB Insertion Loss

Typical Response Curve - CV0608-5111-11


@1MHz Tx-Rx Separation

Series Notch
Frequency (MHz)

Size
(mm / inch)

Vari-Notch

Bandpass
Low-Pass /
Symmetrical

High-Pass / Narrow

Low-Pass

HighPass

66-88MHz

168 / 6.625

CV0608-0611-11

CV0608-2611-11

CV0608-1611-11

CV0608-5611-11

CV0608-4611-11

66-88MHz

254 / 10

CV0608-0111-11

CV0608-2111-11

CV0608-1111-11

CV0608-5111-11

CV0608-4111-11

Diameter
(mm / inch)

Insertion loss

Wavelength

Power Rating (watts)

Impedance

168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10

0.5 - 3.0

400 - varies with insertion


loss setting

50 Ohms

www.rfi.com.au
89

Cavity Filters
88-108 MHz
Ideal for FM radio broadcast applications
A range of response styles for different applications
Temperature compensated
Rugged reliable construction
Can be cascaded to provide enhanced
characteristics

Ch1
dB
-10
-20

RFI use the superior TX RX brand


of multicoupling components. TX
RX cavity filters offer a unique
heliarced construction that
provides excellent performance
and reliability - attributes
essential in the FM Radio
Broadcast environment.

-30
1

-40

Ch2
-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs
Span 10.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV0810-0611-11


@1dB Insertion Loss

Series Notch
Frequency (MHz)

Size
(mm / inch)

Vari-Notch

Bandpass
Low-Pass /
Symmetrical

High-Pass / Narrow

Low-Pass

HighPass

88-108MHz

168 / 6.625

CV0810-0611-11

CV0810-2611-11

CV0810-1611-11

CV0810-5611-11

CV0810-4611-11

88-108MHz

254 / 10

CV0810-0111-11

CV0810-2111-11

CV0810-1111-11

CV0810-5111-11

CV0810-4111-11

Diameter
(mm / inch)

Insertion loss

Wavelength

Power Rating (watts)

Impedance

168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10

0.5 - 3.0

400 - varies with insertion


loss setting

50 Ohms

www.rfi.com.au
90

Cavity Filters
108-136 MHz
Suits international and domestic aviation bands
A range of response styles for different applications
Temperature compensated
Rugged reliable construction
Can be cascaded to provide enhanced
characteristics

Ch1
dB
-10

Ch1
dB
-10
1

-20

-20

-30

-30

-40

-40
2

Ch2
-60

1
2

Ch2

-60

-70

-70

-80

-80

-90
Abs

-90
Abs

Span 5.000 MHz

Span 5.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV1013-4611-11


@1MHz Tx-Rx Separation

Typical Response Curve - CV1013-5111-11


@1MHz Tx-Rx Separation

Series Notch
Frequency (MHz)

Size
(mm / inch)

Vari-Notch

Bandpass
Low-Pass /
Symmetrical

High-Pass / Narrow

Low-Pass

HighPass

108-136MHz

168 / 6.625

CV1013-0611-11

CV1013-2611-11

CV1013-1611-11

CV1013-5611-11

CV1013-4611-11

108-136MHz

254 / 10

CV1013-0111-11

CV1013-2111-11

CV1013-1111-11

CV1013-5111-11

CV1013-4111-11

Diameter
(mm / inch)

Insertion loss

Wavelength

Power Rating (watts)

Impedance

168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10

0.5 - 3.0

400 - varies with insertion


loss setting

50 Ohms

www.rfi.com.au
91

Cavity Filters
132-174 MHz
Suits VHF, PMR, Data, Trunking and Paging
applications
Suits analogue and digital technologies
A range of response styles for different applications
Temperature compensated
Rugged reliable construction
Can be cascaded to provide enhanced
characteristics

Ch1
dB
-10

RFI offer a range of cavity filters,


isolators, duplexers, receivers
multicouplers and the TX RX TPass multicoupling technology to
cover this emerging frequency
band. Please contact your nearest
RFI sales office for further
information or assistance.

-20
1

-30
-40

Ch2
-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs
Span 10.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV1417-0411-11


@1dB Insertion Loss

Series-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

Vari-Notch

Bandpass
Low-Pass /Symmetrical

High-Pass /Narrow

Low-Pass

High-Pass

132-150MHz

168 / 6.625

CV1315-0611-11

CV1315-2611-11

CV1315-1611-11

CV1315-5611-11

CV1315-4611-11

132-150MHz

254 / 10

CV1315-0111-11

CV1315-2111-11

CV1315-1111-11

CV1315-5111-11

CV1315-4111-11

132-150MHz

100 / 4

CV1315-0411-11

144-174MHz

168 / 6.625

CV1417-0611-11

CV1417-2611-11

CV1417-1611-11

CV1417-5611-11

CV1417-4611-11

144-174MHz

254 / 10

CV1417-0111-11

CV1417-2111-11

CV1417-1111-11

CV1417-5111-11

CV1417-4111-11

144-174MHz

100 / 4

CV1417-0411-11

Diameter(mm / inches)

Insertion Loss (dB)

See next page

See next page

Wavelength

Impedance

125 - varies with insertion


loss setting

100 / 4
0.5 - 3.0
168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10

Power Rating(watts)

50 Ohms
400 - varies with insertion
loss setting

www.rfi.com.au
92

Cavity Filters
132-174 MHz

Ch1
dB
-10
-20
1

-30
-40
2

Ch2

-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs

Span 5.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV1315-5411-11


@1MHz Tx-Rx Separation

Vari-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

Min. Sep. (MHz)

Insertion Loss

Power(watts)
Low-Pass

High-Pass

132-150MHz

100 / 4

0.5

0.6 - 0.7

125

CV1315-5411-11

CV1315-4411-11

132-150MHz

100 / 4

1.0

0.4 - 0.5

125

CV1315-5412-11

CV1315-4412-11

132-150MHz

100 / 4

3.0

0.2

400

CV1315-5413-11

CV1315-4413-11

132-150MHz

50x50 / 2x2

1.5

0.6

50

CV1315-5211-11

CV1315-4211-11

132-150MHz

50x50 / 2x2

2.0

0.45

75

CV1315-5212-11

CV1315-4212-11

132-150MHz

50x50 / 2x2

4.0

0.3

100

CV1315-5213-11

CV1315-4213-11

Series Notch
132-150MHz

50x50 / 2x2

2.0

0.3

100

CV1315-2211-11

CV1315-1211-11

132-150MHz

50x50 / 2x2

4.0

0.15

100

CV1315-2212-11

CV1315-1212-11

132-150MHz

33x33 / 1.3x1.3

2.0

0.45

30

CV1315-2311-11

CV1315-1311-11

132-150MHz

33x33 / 1.3x1.3

4.0

0.2

60

CV1315-2312-11

CV1315-1312-11

Vari-Notch
144-174MHz

100 / 4

0.5

0.6 - 0.7

125

CV1417-5411-11

CV1417-4411-11

144-174MHz

100 / 4

1.0

0.4 - 0.5

125

CV1417-5412-11

CV1417-4412-11

144-174MHz

100 / 4

3.0

0.2

400

CV1417-5413-11

CV1417-4413-11

144-174MHz

100 / 4

3.0

0.5

400

CV1417-5414-11

CV1417-4414-11

144-174MHz

50x50 / 2x2

1.5

0.6

50

CV1417-5211-11

CV1417-4211-11

144-174MHz

50x50 / 2x2

2.0

0.45

75

CV1417-5212-11

CV1417-4212-11

144-174MHz

50x50 / 2x2

4.0

0.3

100

CV1417-5213-11

CV1417-4213-11

Series Notch
144-174MHz

50x50 / 2x2

2.0

0.3

100

CV1417-2211-11

CV1417-1211-11

144-174MHz

50x50 / 2x2

4.0

0.15

100

CV1417-2212-11

CV1417-1212-11

144-174MHz

33x33 / 1.3x1.3

2.0

0.45

30

CV1417-2311-11

CV1417-1311-11

144-174MHz

33x33 / 1.3x1.3

4.0

0.2

60

CV1417-2312-11

CV1417-1312-11

www.rfi.com.au
93

Cavity Filters
168-250 MHz
Suits VHF, PMR, Data and Trunking applications
Suits analogue and digital technologies
A range of response styles for different applications
Temperature compensated
Rugged reliable construction
Can be cascaded to provide enhanced
characteristics

Ch1
dB
-10

RFI offer a range of cavity filters,


isolators, duplexers, receivers
multicouplers and the TX RX TPass multicoupling technology to
cover this emerging frequency
band. Please contact your nearest
RFI sales office for further
information or assistance.

-20
-30

-40
2

Ch2
-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs
Span 10.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV1625-0611-11


@1dB Insertion Loss

Series-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

168-250MHz

168 / 6.625

Vari-Notch

Bandpass

CV1625-0611-11

Low-Pass
/Symmetrical

High-Pass /Narrow

Low-Pass

High-Pass

CV1625-2611-11

CV1625-1611-11

CV1625-5611-11

CV1625-4611-11

Diameter(mm / inches)

Insertion Loss (dB)

Wavelength

Power Rating(watts)

Impedance

168 / 6.625

0.5 - 3.0

400 - varies with insertion


loss setting

50 Ohms

www.rfi.com.au
94

Cavity Filters
200-300 MHz
Suits VHF, PMR, Data and Trunking applications
Ideal for new 220MHz allocations
A range of response styles for different applications
Temperature compensated
Rugged reliable construction
Can be cascaded to provide enhanced
characteristics

Ch1
dB
-10

RFI offer a complete range of


multicoupling products and
accessories to support this
emerging frequency band.
Please contact your nearest
RFI sales office for further
information or assistance.

-20
-30

-40
2

Ch2
-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs
Span 10.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV2230-0611-11


@1dB Insertion Loss

Series-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

Bandpass

215-275MHz

100 /4

CV2127-0411-11

220-300MHz

168 / 6.625

CV2230-0611-11

220-300MHz

254 / 10

CV2230-0111-11

Diameter(mm / inches)

Low-Pass
/Symmetrical

Wavelength

0.5 - 3.0

100 / 4
168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10

High-Pass /Narrow

Please contact RFI to discuss your


requirements

Insertion Loss (dB)

Vari-Notch
Low-Pass

High-Pass

CV2127-4411-11

CV2127-4411-11

CV2230-4611-11

CV2230-4611-11

CV2230-4111-11

CV2230-4111-11

Power Rating(watts)

Impedance

125 - varies with insertion loss setting


50 Ohms
400 - varies with insertion loss setting

www.rfi.com.au
95

Cavity Filters
300-400 MHz
Suits UHF, PMR, Data and Trunking applications
Suits commercial and military bands
Ideal for analogue and digital technologies
Temperature compensated
Rugged reliable construction
Can be cascaded to provide enhanced
characteristics

Ch1
dB
-10
-20
-30

RFI offer the superior TX RX


brand of multicoupling products
to support this Military and
emerging commercial frequency
band.
Please contact your
nearest RFI sales office for
further information or assistance.

-40
2

Ch2
-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs
Span 10.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV3040-0611-11


@1dB Insertion Loss

Series-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

Bandpass

300-400MHz

100 /4

CV3040-0411-11

300-400MHz

168 / 6.625

CV3040-0611-11

300-400MHz

254 / 10

CV3040-0111-11

Diameter(mm / inches)

Low-Pass
/Symmetrical

Wavelength

0.5 - 3.0

100 / 4
168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10

High-Pass /Narrow

Please contact RFI to Discuss your


requirements

Insertion Loss (dB)

Vari-Notch
Low-Pass

High-Pass

CV3040-5411-11

CV3040-4411-11

CV3040-5611-11

CV3040-4611-11

CV3040-5111-11

CV3040-4111-11

Power Rating(watts)

Impedance

125 - varies with insertion loss setting


50 Ohms
400 - varies with insertion loss setting

www.rfi.com.au
96

Cavity Filters
380-550 MHz
Suits UHF, PMR, Data and Trunking applications
Ideal for analogue and digital technologies
A range of response styles for different applications
Temperature compensated
Rugged reliable construction
Can be cascaded to provide enhanced
characteristics

Ch1
dB
-10

RFI offer a comprehensive range of


products and services to support this
frequency band. Our unique offering
to the marketplace enables us to
provide the right solution for any
system requirement. Please contact
your nearest RFI sales office for
further information or assistance.

-20
1

-30
-40

Ch2
-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs
Span 10.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV4055-0611-11


@1dB Insertion Loss

Series-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

Bandpass

Low-Pass
/Symmetrical

Vari-Notch

High-Pass /Narrow

Low-Pass

High-Pass

400-520MHz

100 /4

CV4052-0411-11

400-550MHz

168 / 6.625

CV4055-0611-11

CV4055-2611-11

CV4055-1611-11

CV4055-5611-11

CV4055-4611-11

400-530MHz

254 / 10

CV4053-0111-11

CV4053-2111-11

CV4053-1111-11

CV4053-5111-11

CV4053-4111-11

Diameter(mm / inches)

See next page

Insertion Loss (dB)

Wavelength

0.5 - 3.0

100 / 4
168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10

Power Rating(watts)

Impedance

125 - varies with insertion loss setting


50 Ohms
400 - varies with insertion loss setting

www.rfi.com.au
97

Cavity Filters
400-530 MHz

Ch1
dB
-10

RFI offer a comprehensive


range of multicoupling products
and supporting services for this
popular analogue and digital
technology frequency band.
Please contact your nearest RFI
sales
office
for
further
information or assistance.

-20
2
-30
-40
2

Ch2

-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs
Span 5.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV4053-5631-11


@1MHz Tx-Rx Separation

Series-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

Bandpass

Vari-Notch

Low-Pass
/Symmetrical

High-Pass /Narrow

Low-Pass

High-Pass

400-530MHz

168 / 6.625

CV4053-0631-11

CV4053-2631-11

CV4053-1631-11

CV4053-5631-11

CV4053-4631-11

400-530MHz

254 / 10

CV4053-0131-11

CV4053-2131-11

CV4053-1131-11

CV4053-5131-11

CV4053-4131-11

Diameter(mm / inches)

Insertion Loss (dB)

Wavelength

Power Rating(watts)

Impedance

168 / 6.625 and 254 / 10

0.5 - 3.0

400 - varies with insertion loss setting

50 Ohms

Ch1
dB
-10

Ch1
dB
-10

-20

-20

1
-30

-30

-40

-40
Ch2

Ch2

-60

-60

-70

-70

-80

-80

-90
Abs

-90
Abs
Span 5.000 MHz

Span 10.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV4042-5412-11


@1MHz Tx-Rx Separation

Typical Response Curve - CV4052-0411-11


@1dB Insertion Loss

Vari-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

Min. Sep. (MHz)

Insertion Loss

Power(watts)
Low-Pass

High-Pass

400-420MHz

100 / 4

1.5

0.2

350

CV4042-5411-11

CV4042-4411-11

400-420MHz

100 / 4

0.75

0.4

250

CV4042-5412-11

CV4052-4412-11

450-480MHz

100 / 4

1.5

0.2

350

CV4548-5411-11

CV4548-4411-11

450-480MHz

100 / 4

0.75

0.4

250

CV4548-5412-11

CV4548-4412-11

480-520MHz

100 / 4

1.5

0.2

350

CV4852-5411-11

CV4852-4411-11

480-520MHz

100 / 4

0.75

0.4

250

CV4852-5412-11

CV4852-4412-11

400-420MHz

31x50 / 1.25x2

4.5

0.4

100

CV4020-5413-11

450-470MHz

31x50 / 1.25x2

5.0

0.4

100

CV4547-5413-11

470-490MHz

31x50 / 1.25x2

3.0

0.45

100

CV4749-5413-11

490-530MHz

31x50 / 1.25x2

3.0

0.45

100

CV4953-5413-11
Series Notch

400-520MHz

100 / 4

1.2

0.6

125

CV4052-2411-11

CV4052-1411-11

www.rfi.com.au
98

Cavity Filters
740-1000 MHz
Suits PMR, Data and Trunking applications
A range of response styles for different applications
Special high powered models also available
Ideal for analogue and digital technologies
Rugged reliable construction
Can be cascaded to provide enhanced
characteristics

Ch1
dB
-10

RFI offer a comprehensive


range of multicoupling products
and supporting services for this
popular analogue and digital
technology frequency band.
Please contact your nearest RFI
sales
office
for
further
information or assistance.

-20
-30
-40

2
2

Ch2
-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs
Span 5.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV8010-5611-11


@1MHz Tx-Rx Separation

Series-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

Bandpass

Vari-Notch

Low-Pass
/Symmetrical

High-Pass /Narrow

Low-Pass

High-Pass

800-1000MHz

100 /4

CV8010-0411-11

CV8010-2411-11

CV8010-1411-11

See Below

740-870MHz

168 / 6.625

CV7487-0611-11

CV7487-2611-11

CV7487-1611-11

CV7487-5611-11

CV7487-4611-11

800-1000MHz

168 / 6.625

CV8010-0611-11

CV8010-2611-11

CV8010-1611-11

CV8010-5611-11

CV8010-4611-11

920-960MHz

150 / 5.875

CV9296-0511-11

Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

Min. Sep. (MHz)

Insertion Loss

Power(watts)

Vari-Notch
Low-Pass

High-Pass

800-866MHz

100 / 4

2.5

0.2-0.4

125

CV8086-5411-11

CV8086-4411-11

890-1000MHz

100 / 4

2.5

0.2-0.4

125

CV8910-5411-11

CV8910-4412-11

Diameter(mm / inches)

Insertion Loss (dB)

Wavelength

100 / 4
168 / 6.625
150 / 5.875

Power Rating(watts)

Impedance

125 - varies with insertion loss setting


0.5 - 3.0

400 - varies with insertion loss setting

50 Ohms

500 - varies with insertion loss setting

www.rfi.com.au
99

Cavity Filters
1215-1300 MHz

Ch1
dB
-10

-20
-30

-40
2

Ch2
-60
-70
-80
-90
Abs
Span 15.000 MHz

Typical Response Curve - CV1200-5431-11


@3MHz Tx-Rx Separation

Vari-Notch
Frequency

Size(mm / inch)

1215-1300MHz

Min. Sep. (MHz)

100 / 4

Insertion Loss

2.5

Power(watts)

0.2-0.4

125

Low-Pass

High-Pass

CV1200-5431-11

CV1200-4431-11

Need a Cavity Filter for a frequency not shown here?


The models of cavities represented in this catalogue are a sampling of our standard product range.
RFI can also supply other cavity filter products in the extended range of 900KHz through to 2200MHz.
For further information on this extended range, or for information on a variant that you cannot find in
these pages, please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance.

A Note about Cavity Filter Input Power Ratings


The ability of a cavity to handle RF input power is primarily determined by the insertion loss setting of
the cavity. The table below is a guide to the maximum recommended input power limits that should be
taken into consideration within a filtering system design.

Typical Power Ratings vs Insertion Loss Settings


Diameter(mm /
inches)

Insertion Loss
0.2dB

0.5dB

1.0dB

1.5dB

2.0dB

2.5dB

3.0dB

31x50 / 1.25x2

100 watts

33x33 / 1.3x1.3

60 watts

30 watts

50x50 / 2x2

100 watts

75 watts

50 watts

100 / 4

350 watts

125 watts

65 watts

45 watts

36 watts

32 watts

27 watts

168 / 6.625

N/A

400 watts

210 watts

150 watts

120 watts

105 watts

90 watts

254 / 10

N/A

400 watts

210 watts

150 watts

120 watts

105 watts

90 watts

www.rfi.com.au
100

Cavity Accessories

Cavity Filter Loop Assemblies


RFI provide a range of replacement cavity loop
assemblies for the maintenance of our various cavity
filter styles and sizes.
In addition, these loops can be purchased to facilitate
the re-configuration and re-use of spare cavities into
other applications.
Loops for other specialised applications are also
available. Please contact your nearest RFI sales
office for further assistance.
Loops

Cavity Filter Response Style


Freq.

Filter Size
Bandpass

Vari-NotchLow
Pass

Vari-Notch
High Pass

Series Notch
Low Pass

Series Notch
High Pass

T-Pass

30-40

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL0304-0611-00

CL0304-4611-00

CL0304-5611-00

CL0304-2611-00

CL0304-1611-00

See Note

38-50

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL0405-0611-00

CL0405-4611-00

CL0405-5611-00

CL0405-2611-00

CL0405-1611-00

See Note

50-60

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL0506-0611-00

CL0506-4611-00

CL0506-5611-00

CL0506-2611-00

CL0506-1611-00

See Note

66-88

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL0608-0611-00

CL0608-4611-00

CL0608-5611-00

CL0608-2611-00

CL0608-1611-00

CL0608-7611-00

88-108

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL0810-0611-00

CL0810-4611-00

CL0810-5611-00

CL0810-2611-00

CL0810-1611-00

CL0810-7611-00

108-136

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL1013-0611-00

CL1013-4611-00

CL1013-5611-00

CL1013-2611-00

CL1013-1611-00

CL1013-7611-00

132-150

100mm 4 in

CL1315-0411-00

CL1315-4411-00

CL1315-5411-00

CL1315-2411-00

CL1315-1411-00

See Note

132-150

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL1315-0611-00

CL1315-4611-00

CL1315-5611-00

CL1315-2611-00

CL1315-1611-00

CL1315-7611-00

144-174

100mm 4 in

CL1417-0411-00

CL1417-4411-00

CL1417-5411-00

CL1417-2411-00

CL1417-1411-00

See Note

144-174

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL1417-0611-00

CL1417-4611-00

CL1417-5611-00

CL1417-2611-00

CL1417-1611-00

CL1417-7611-00

168-250

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL1625-0611-00

See Note

See Note

See Note

See Note

CL1625-7611-00

215-275

100mm 4 in

CL2175-0411-00

CL2175-4411-00

CL2175-5411-00

See Note

See Note

See Note

300-400

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL3040-0611-00

See Note

See Note

See Note

See Note

CL3040-7611-00

400-540

100mm 4 in

CL4054-0411-00

CL4054-4411-00

CL4054-5411-00

CL4054-2411-00

CL4054-1411-00

See Note

400-540

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL4054-0611-00

CL4054-4611-00

CL4054-5611-00

CL4054-2611-00

CL4054-1611-00

CL4054-7611-00

740-870

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL7487-0611-00

CL7487-4611-00

CL7487-5611-00

CL7487-2611-00

CL7487-1611-00

CL7487-7611-00

800-1000

100mm 4 in

CL8010-0411-00

CL8010-4411-00

CL8010-5411-00

CL8010-2411-00

CL8010-1411-00

See Note

800-1000

168mm (6) /
254mm (10)

CL8010-0611-00

CL8010-4611-00

CL8010-5611-00

CL8010-2611-00

CL8010-1611-00

CL8010-7611-00

1215-1300

100mm 4 in

CL1200-0411-00

CL1200-4411-00

CL1200-5411-00

See Note

See Note

See Note

Notes: Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details on these items.

www.rfi.com.au
101

Cavity Mechanics

C
B
A

DIA

Mechanical
Length (mm/inches)

Diameter
(mm/inches)

"A"

"B"

"C"

168 / 6.625

2620 / 103

2720 / 107

254 / 10

2670 / 105

2770/ 109

168 / 6.625

2085 / 82

254 / 10

2135 / 84

50-60MHz

168 / 6.625

66-88MHz

Frequency Band

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

3350 / 132

23 / 50

N female

3400 / 134

31 / 68

N female

2185 / 86

2565 / 101

20 / 44

N female

2235 / 88

2615 / 103

27 / 58

N female

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

N female

168 / 6.625

1245 / 49

1345 / 53

1650 / 65

13 / 28

N female

254 / 10

1295 / 51

1400 / 55

1700 / 67

18 / 39

N female

168 / 6.625

915 / 36

1015 / 40

1195 / 47

10 / 21

N female

254 / 10

1015 / 40

1118 / 44

1295 / 51

14 / 34

N female

168 / 6.625

815 / 32

915 / 36

1070 / 42

9 / 20

N female

254 / 10

865 / 34

965 / 38

1120 / 44

12 / 27

N female

100 / 4

419 / 16.5

476 / 18.75

546 / 21.5

Contact RFI

BNC female

168 / 6.625

660 / 26

790 / 31

865 / 34

7.7 / 17

N female

254 / 10

715 / 28

815 / 32

965 / 38

12 / 27

N female

100 / 4

381 / 15

438 / 17.25

508 / 20

Contact RFI

BNC female

168 / 6.625

610 / 24

740 / 29

825 / 32.5

7.2 / 16

N female

254 / 10

660 / 26

790 / 31

865 / 34

9.5 / 21

N female

168-250MHz

168 / 6.625

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

N female

174-200MHz

100 / 4

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

BNC female

200-300MHz

100 / 4

381 / 15

438 / 17.25

483 / 19

Contact RFI

BNC female

168 / 6.625

430 / 17

530 / 21

630 / 25

Contact RFI

N female

254 / 10

455 / 18

555 / 22

655 / 26

Contact RFI

N female

168 / 6.625

360 / 14

460 / 18

535 / 21

Contact RFI

N female

254 / 10

385 / 15

485 / 19

560 / 22

Contact RFI

N female

100 / 4

229 / 9

298 / 11.75

337 / 13.25

1.8 / 4

BNC female

168 / 6.625

295 / 11.5

370 / 14.5

445 / 17.5

3.6 / 8

N female

254 / 10

320 / 12.5

395 / 15.5

470 / 18.5

7.7 / 17

N female

168 / 6.625

610 / 24

737 / 29

826 / 32.5

5 / 11

N female

254 / 10

660 / 26

787 / 31

863 / 34

10 / 22

N female

740-870MHz

168 / 6.625

150 / 6

200 / 8

225 / 9

3.6 / 8

N female

800-1000MHz

100 / 4

165 / 6.5

223 / 8.75

248 / 9.75

1.3 / 3

BNC female

168 / 6.625

150 / 6

200 / 8

225 / 9

3.6 / 8

N female

168 / 6.625

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

4.2 / 9.25

N female

100 / 4

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

Contact RFI

1.3 / 3

BNC female

30-40MHz

38-50MHz

88-108MHz

108-136MHz

132-150MHz

144-174MHz

300-400MHz

400-550MHz

1215-1300MHz

Wavelength

www.rfi.com.au
102

Duplexers

RFI can supply a diverse range of standard and customised duplexer


models for wireless systems applications.
We provide duplexers to suit both analogue and digital technologies. Our
range includes bandpass, pseudo-bandpass, notch, Vari-Notch, and
combination-response styles, with a variety of performance characteristics,
sizes, and mounting configurations available.
A sampling of our range is presented in the following catalogue pages and
our extensive product portfolio coupled with a comprehensive in-house
engineering design, manufacturing and testing capability ensures that we
can provide you with a duplexer solution to suit most installation
requirements from 30MHz to 3.6GHz and beyond.
If you cannot find what you need within these pages, we encourage you to
contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance.

103

Duplexers
66-88 MHz
Notch
These models feature low insertion loss, high symmetrical isolation
and excellent stability - all in a small and mechanically robust package.
These duplexers comprise extruded aluminium resonators and integral
intercabling that ensure excellent mechanical and electrical stability.
Temperature compensation is achieved through superior cavity design
and the careful selection of construction materials.
These duplexers are supplied as a compact high-performance notchonly style, ideally suited to installations at uncongested
communications sites. Their small size is also ideally suited for mobile
installations and telemetry applications.

DP0607-3161-18
0

Ideal for VHF repeaters on low density sites

-10

Small size for mobile and telemetry applications

-30

-20

-40

Excellent Isolation

-50
-60

Convenient mounting

-70
-80
-90

-5

fo

+5

Typical Response Curve - DP0607-3161-18

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

DP0607-3161-18

66-77

DP0708-3161-18

77-88

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Temp.

Imped.

2.5MHz

<1.5dB

>72dB

50

-20 to +60C
-4 to +140F

50 Ohms

Weight
(kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

0.75 / 1.65

BNC female

-20 to +60C
-4 to +140F

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

DP0607-3161-18
DP0708-3161-18

Construction

Painted
aluminium

32 / 1.25

154 / 6

112 / 4.4

www.rfi.com.au
104

Duplexers
66-88 MHz
Notch
This duplexer offers very high performance specifications and suits
applications requiring excellent isolation at high transmit power levels.
This model comprises six (6) resonators coupled together in a notchnotch configuration featuring low insertion loss and high port-to-port
isolation.
With their independently tunable pass and notch frequencies, these
duplexers are easy to tune in the field over a broad frequency range.
The resonators are constructed from extruded hardened aluminium
that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is therefore
maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature range. In
addition, the passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine)
provides excellent corrosion protection.
The six helical resonators are mounted on a 483mm (19") wide rack
panel, in a compact configuration suited to installations where space is
limited. They can be mounted on the front or rear rails of 19inch
cabinets for added flexibility.

DP0607-3261-51
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60

Ideal for VHF repeaters

-70

Compact size

-90

-80

-5

Excellent Isolation

fo

+5

Typical Response Curve - DP0607-3261-51

Other mounting styles available

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

DP0607-3261-51

66-77

DP0708-3261-51

75-88

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

2.5MHz

1.0dB (typ.)

100dB

125

50 Ohms

Weight
(kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

5.5 / 12

Ports BNC female


Antenna N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

DP0607-3261-51
DP0708-3261-51

Construction

Alodined aluminium
with silver plated
tuning elements

92 / 3.6

482 / 19

262 / 10.3

www.rfi.com.au
105

Duplexers
66-88 MHz
BandPass (T-Pass)
This duplexer is ideal for VHF repeater base station applications on
congested sites. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters with both
coarse and fine tuning controls, coupled together in a bandpass
configuration using T-Pass loops and therefore offers the added
flexibility of future channel expansion - in addition to rejecting
unwanted frequencies outside its pass band.
The T-Pass design also provides a high RF input power capability.
This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

Expandable (uses T-Pass technology)


Ideal for VHF Repeaters on high density sites
Bandpass response offers high out of band
rejection

DP0608-7641-41

High input power rating

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Temp.

Imped.

DP0608-7641-41

66-88

2.0MHz

1.35dB

57dB

400

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

DP0608-7641-41

Construction

Alodined aluminium with


silver plated tuning elements

1675 / 66

482 / 19

+7.5 / 190
-7.5 / 190

Weight
(kg/lb)

Connectors

54.5 / 120

N female

www.rfi.com.au
106

Duplexers
66-88 MHz
BandPass / Notch
This duplexer is a combination bandpass/notch style in a costefficient arrangement that offers excellent performance in a
conveniently sized package. It is ideal for VHF repeater base station
applications on congested sites.
This model comprises two (2) bandpass cavity filters with both coarse
and fine tuning controls with a small 50mm (2") helical notch resonator
in each branch of the unit. An added feature of this unit is that it utilises
T-Pass loops and therefore offers the added flexibility of future
channel expansion - eliminating the need for additional antennas,
cabling and associated costs.
The unit is mounted on flush-style 483mm (19") rack or wall mount
brackets.Bandpass cavities are made from extruded hardened
aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning stability is
therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended temperature
range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine)
provides excellent corrosion protection.

Suits high density sites

DP0608-8641-31

Ideal for VHF repeaters

0
-10

Excellent Tx/Rx isolation

-20
-30

Compact package

-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - DP0608-8641-31

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Temp.

Imped.

DP0608-8641-31

66-88

2.0MHz

1.9dB

70dB

100

-30 to +80C
-22 to +176F

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

DP0608-8641-31

Weight
(kg/lb)

Connectors

H
1675 / 66

483 / 19

290 / 11.4

54.5 / 120

Tx/Rx ports BNC female


Antenna port N female

Construction

Alodined aluminium with silver


plated tuning elements

www.rfi.com.au
107

Duplexers
66-88 MHz
Vari-Notch
This duplexer is ideal for VHF repeater base station applications on
RF-congested sites. This model comprises four (4) cavity filters, with
both coarse and fine tuning controls, coupled together in a
Vari-Notch configuration, and therefore offers a pseudo-bandpass
response.
This model provides the benefits of both bandpass and notch
response styles.
The Vari-Notch design also provides a high RF input power
capability, high port-to-port isolation, bandpass characteristics and the
ability to cater for narrow frequency separations.
This duplexer is made from cavities constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

Suits RF congested sites

DP0608-3641-41

Ideal for VHF repeaters


0

Excellent isolation

-10

High input power rating

-30

-20

-40

Various mounting styles available

-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

-1.0

fo

+1.0

Typical Response Curve - DP0608-3641-41

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Temp.

Imped.

DP0608-3641-41

66-88

0.35MHz

1.5dB

>87dB

400

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

DP0608-3641-41

Construction

Alodined aluminium with


silver plated tuning elements

1675 / 66

482 / 19

+7.5 / 190
-7.5 / 190

Weight
(kg/lb)

Connectors

54.5 / 120

N female

www.rfi.com.au
108

Duplexers
108-136 MHz
BandPass (T-Pass)
This duplexer is ideal for VHF repeater base station applications.
This model comprises four (4) cavity filters with both coarse and fine
tuning controls coupled together in a bandpass configuration using
T-Pass loops and therefore offers the added flexibility of future
channel expansion - in addition to rejecting unwanted frequencies
outside its pass band.
The T-Pass design also provides a high RF input power capability.
This duplexer is made from cavities constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

Expandable (uses T-Pass technology)


High input power rating
DP1013-7641-41

Bandpass response provides high out-of-band


rejection
Various mounting styles available

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Temperature

Imped.

DP1013-7641-41

108-136

4.0MHz

1.35dB

57dB

400

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176 F

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

DP1013-7641-41

Construction
Alodined aluminium
with silver plated tuning
elements

1220/ 48

482 / 19

+7.5 / 190
-7.5 / 190

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

27 / 59.4

N female

www.rfi.com.au
109

Duplexers
132-174 MHz
Notch
This duplexer is a compact high performance notch-only style
duplexer, ideally suited to installations at uncongested
communications sites. It features low insertion loss, high symmetrical
isolation and excellent stability - all in a small and robust package.
Many other models are available with customised Tx-Rx frequency
separations to suit specific applications. Please contact your nearest
RFI sales office for further assistance.
These duplexers comprise of extruded aluminium resonators that
ensure excellent mechanical and electrical stability. Temperature
compensation is achieved through superior cavity design and the
careful selection of construction materials.

DP1415-3161-18
0
-10

Suits low density sites

-20
-30

Ideal for mobile applications

-40

Excellent isolation

-60

-50

-70

Convenient mounting style

-80
-90

-25

fo

+25

Typical Response Curve - DP1415-3161-18

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

DP1415-3161-18

148-157

DP1517-3161-18

157-174

DP1517-3162-18

150-174

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

<1.5dB

>72dB

50

50 Ohms

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

0.6/1.32

BNC female

-20 to +60C
-4 to +140F

4.6MHz
21MHz

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

All Models

Construction

Painted aluminium

32 / 1.25

154 / 6

97 / 3.8

www.rfi.com.au
110

Duplexers
132-174 MHz
Pseudo BandPass
This duplexer is ideal for typical analogue and digital VHF repeater
base station applications. It offers excellent insertion loss, isolation
and power rating characteristics in a space-efficient package.
This model comprises four (4) helical resonator filters coupled together
in a pseudo-bandpass configuration offering low insertion loss and
high port-to-port isolation in an optimised design offering a
combination of pseudo-passband selectivity and space-efficient
physical dimensions.
This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

DP1417-6241-51
0
-10
-20
-30
-40

Ideal for high density sites

-50
-60

Excellent performance

-70

Compact package

-90

-80

Other mounting styles available

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - DP1417-6241-51

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

DP1315-6241-51

132-150

DP1417-6241-51

144-174

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

4.5MHz

0.9dB

>70dB

100

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

All Models

Construction
Alodined aluminium with
silver plated tuning
elements

Dimensions (mm/inches)
H

134 /
5.25

482 / 19

185 /
7.25

Weight
(kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

4.5 / 10

TX RX ports BNC female


Antenna N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
111

Duplexers
132-174 MHz
Pseudo BandPass/Notch
This duplexer offers high performance specifications and suits
analogue and digital applications requiring more stringent performance
characteristics than the four (4) cavity model - and with the same
quality of design and construction.
This model comprises six (6) helical resonator filters coupled together
in a pseudo-bandpass/notch configuration offering low insertion loss
and high port-to-port isolation in an optimised design offering a
combination of pseudo bandpass selectivity, notch rejection, and
space-efficient physical dimensions.
This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

DP1315-9261-51
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50

Suits very close Tx-Rx separations

-60
-70

Ideal for high density sites

-80
-90

Excellent performance

-5

fo

+5

Typical Response Curve - DP1315-9261-51


@ 2.5MHz separation

Compact package
Other mounting styles available

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

DP1315-9261-51

132-150

DP1417-9261-51

144-174

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

1.5MHz

1.4 - 2.2dB

90dB typ.

125

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

All Models

Construction

Alodined aluminium with silver


plated tuning elements

Dimensions (mm/inches)
H

134 /
5.25

482 /
19

185 /
7.25

Weight
(kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

4.5 / 10

Ports BNC female


Antenna N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
112

Duplexers
132-174 MHz
Vari Notch
These duplexers are ideal for analogue and digital VHF repeater base
station applications.
This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch configuration and offers a pseudo-bandpass response with
high RF input power capability, high port-to-port isolation and the ability
to cater for narrow frequency separations.
These duplexers are made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
These units are supplied on a 3RU rack mount shelf. Other mounting
styles are available on request.

DP1317-3441-31
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50

Suits analogue and digital technologies

-60
-70

Ideal for high density sites

-80
-90

High input power capability

-0.8

Super performance

fo

+0.8

Typical Response Curve - DP1315-3641-41


@ 0.6MHz Separation

Various mounting styles available

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

DP1317-3441-31

132-174

0.5MHz

1.8dB

65dB

125

DP1417-3441-31

144-174

1.0MHz

1.2dB

75dB

125

DP1315-3641-41

132-150

DP1417-3641-41

144-174

Imped.

50 Ohms
0.6MHz

1.5dB

>85dB

400

Mechanical
Model
DP1317-3441-31
DP1417-3441-31
DP1315-3641-41
DP1417-3641-41

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction
Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements

Weight (kg/lb)

134 / 5.25

482 / 19

500 / 19.7

10 / 22

915 / 33

482 / 19

+191 / 7.5
-191 / 7.5

23 / 50

Connectors

Temperature

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
113

Duplexers
132-174 MHz
BandPass (T-Pass)
This duplexer is ideal for VHF repeater base station applications. This
model comprises four (4) cavity filters with both coarse and fine tuning
controls coupled together in a bandpass configuration using T-Pass
loops offering the added flexibility of future channel expansion - in
addition to rejecting unwanted frequencies outside its pass band.
The T-Pass design also provides a high RF input power capability.
This duplexer is made from cavities constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

Expandable (uses T-Pass technology)


High input power rating
Excellent out-of-band rejection
DP1417-7641-51

Various mounting styles available

Electrical
Model No.

Frequency (MHz)

DP1315-7641-51

132-150

DP1417-7641-51

144-174

Min Frequency
Separation

Insertion Loss @
Fo (dB)

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

3.0MHz

1.35dB

57dB

400

50 Ohms

Weight
(Kg / Ib)

Connectors

Temperature

22.7 / 50

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

Mechanical
Size -(mm / inches)
Model No.

DP1315-7641-51
DP1417-7641-51

Construction

Alodined aluminium
with silver plated
tuning elements

838 / 33

482 / 19

+7.5 / 190
-7.5 / 190

www.rfi.com.au
114

Duplexers
215-275 MHz
Vari Notch
This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers
higher performance specifications and suits applications requiring
stringent performance characteristics.
This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port
isolation. This optimised design delivers a combination of passband
selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions.
This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed temperature
range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating (Alodine)
provides excellent corrosion protection.

DP2127-3441-31
0
-10
-20
-30

Ideal for high density sites

-40
-50

High input power capability

-60

Excellent isolation

-70

Various mounting styles available

-90

-80

-2

fo

+2

Typical Response Curve - DP2127-3441-31

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

DP2127-3441-31

215-275

1.6MHz

1.2dB

>80dB

250

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

DP2127-3441-31

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver
plated tuning elements

134 / 5.25

482 / 19

400 / 15.75

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

500 / 19.7

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
115

Duplexers
300-400 MHz
Vari Notch
This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers
higher performance specifications and suits applications requiring
stringent performance characteristics.
This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port
isolation. This optimised design delivers a combination of passband
selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions.
This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

DP3040-3441-31
0
-10
-20
-30

Suits analogue and digital technologies

-40

Ideal for high density sites

-50
-60

High input power capability

-70

Super performance

-90

-80

-4

fo

+4

Typical Response Curve - DP3040-3441-31

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

DP3040-3441-31

300-400

3.0MHz

1.0dB typ.

>80dB

250

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

DP3040-3441-31

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction
Alodined aluminium with silver
plated tuning elements
mounted on 3RU powder
coated shelf

134 / 5.25

482 / 19

400 / 15.75

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

9 / 19

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
116

Duplexers
400-520 MHz
Notch
This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications on low
density sites. These duplexers are compact high performance notchonly style duplexers, ideally suited to installations at uncongested
communications sites. They feature low insertion loss, high
symmetrical isolation and excellent stability - all in a small and robust
package.
These duplexers are comprised of extruded aluminium resonators and
solid copper jacketed intercabling that ensures excellent mechanical
and electrical stability. Temperature compensation is achieved through
superior cavity design and the careful selection of construction
materials.
These models are available in other frequency bands and Tx-Rx
separations on request.

DP5052-9161-18
0
-10
-20
-30

Compact package size

-40

Ideal for low density sites

-60

-50

-70

Suits mobile and link applications

-80
-90

Rugged construction style

-20

fo

+20

Typical Response Curve - DP5052-9161-18

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

Freq
Separation

DP4042-9161-18

400-420

9.45MHz

DP4547-9161-18

450-470

9.5MHz

DP4750-9161-18

470-500

5.2MHz

DP5052-9161-18

500-520

10MHz

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

<1.5dB

>72dB

50

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

All models

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction

Painted
aluminium with
hardline cabling

32 / 1.25

154 / 6

110 / 4.3

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

0.58/1.3

BNC female

-20 to +60C
-4 to +140F

www.rfi.com.au
117

Duplexers
400-520 MHz
Vari Notch
These duplexers are ideal for repeater base station applications. They
offer high performance characteristics and suit applications with
stringent performance specifications.
This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port
isolation. This optimised design delivers a combination of passband
selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions.
These duplexers are made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

DP4052-3441-31

0
-10
-20

Ideal for analogue and digital technologies

-30
-40

Suits narrow frequency separations

-50
-60

High input power rating

-70
-80

Excellent out-of-band isolation

-90

Convenient rack mount style

-4

fo

+4

Typical Response Curve - DP4052-3441-31

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss
(typ.)

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

DP4052-3441-31

400-520

3.0MHz

0.6dB

>80dB

350

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

DP4052-3441-31

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction
Alodined aluminium with
silver plated tuning elements
with powder coated 5RU
front panel

223 / 8.75

482 / 19

305 / 12

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

6.2 / 13.6

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
118

Duplexers
400-530 MHz
Vari Notch
These duplexers are ideal for repeater base station applications. They
offer high performance characteristics and suit applications with
stringent performance specifications.
This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port
isolation. This optimised design delivers a combination of passband
selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions.
These duplexers are made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
These models are available in centre and flush front panel styles
suited for 483mm (19in) rack mounting, in addition to a flat panel
mobile-mount configuration.

DP4749-3541-31
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50

Compact package

-60
-70

Excellent isolation

-80
-90

Proven performance

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - DP4749-3541-31

Mobile mount and other configurations available

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

DP4044-3541-31

400-440

4.5 MHz

DP4447-3541-31

440-470

DP4749-3541-31

470-490

DP4953-3541-31

490-530

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

1.2dB

80dB

100

50 Ohms

5.0MHz

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

All models

Construction

Alodined aluminium
with silver plated
tuning elements

32 / 1.25

154 / 6

200 / 7.9

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

3.2 / 7.2

Ports BNC female


Antenna N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to 176F

www.rfi.com.au
119

Duplexers
400-530 MHz
Vari-Notch (Wide Passband)
These duplexers have been designed for applications requiring
duplexers with up to 4MHz wide passbands such as mobile trunking
applications and in-plant combining of multi-channel transmit and
receive for single-antenna operation.
They offer high performance characteristics and suit applications with
stringent performance specifications including high power operation
and excellent VSWR characteristics across the entire passband(s).
Unlike some band-reject style duplexers, these models provide a
stable VSWR over a genuine 4MHz wide passband, along with a
complimentary 4MHz wide notch. This ensures that constant, stable
isolation and insertion loss characteristics are maintained across the
entire band. The Vari-Notch circuit by design, also offers a degree of
bandpass protection that further enhances the scope of application for
this duplexer to include many shared sites.
These models each comprise eight (8) cavity filters coupled together
in a Vari-Notch configuration and mounted on a 1RU 483mm
(19inch) cantilever shelf. Alternatively, a mobile mount version is
available.

DP4953-3581-31
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90

Ideal for multi-channel or frequency agile


applications

-20

fo

+20

Typical Response Curve - DP4953-3581-31

Mobile mount and other versions available


Up to 4MHz passband

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

DP4044-3581-31

400-440

DP4447-3581-31

440-470

DP4749-3581-31

470-490

DP4953-3581-31

490-530

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

5.0MHz

2.0dB

>70B (typ.)

100

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

Construction
H

All Models

Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements
on 1RU shelf

50 / 2

483 / 19

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

6 / 13.2

Tx/Rx Ports
BNC female
Antenna
N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

200 / 8.0

www.rfi.com.au
120

Duplexers
400-520 MHz
Vari Notch / Bandpass
This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers
higher performance and suits applications requiring stringent
specification characteristics.
This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together
configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port isolation
in an optimised design offering a combination of passband selectivity,
notch rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions.
This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

DP4052-8441-31

0
-10
-20

Ideal for high and medium density sites

-30
-40

Compact package

-50
-60

Excellent isolation

-70

Combined Vari-Notch/Bandpass characteristics

-80
-90

-5

fo

+5

Typical Response Curve - DP4052-8441-31

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss
(typ.)

Isolation
(typ.)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

DP4052-8441-31

400-520

5.0MHz

1.0dB

>70dB

125

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

DP4052-8441-31

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction
Alodined aluminium with
silver plated tuning elements
with powder coated 3RU
front panel

134/5.25

482 / 19

305 / 12

Weight(kg/lb

Connectors

Temperature

6.2 / 13.6

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
121

Duplexers
400-520 MHz
Bandpass
This duplexer are ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers
higher performance and suits applications with stringent specifications.
This model comprises four (4), 100mm (4 in) cavity filters coupled
together in a bandpass / bandpass configuration offering low insertion
loss and high port-to-port isolation in an optimised design incorporating
a combination of passband selectivity, out-of-band rejection and
space-efficient physical dimensions.
This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

DP4052-0441-31

0
-10
-20

Ideal for analogue and digital applications

-30
-40

Suits high density sites

-50
-60

Compact package

-70
-80

Excellent out-of-band rejection

-90

Combined mounting styles available

-20

fo

+20

Typical Response Curve - DP4052-0441-31


@ 9.5MHz Tx-Rx separation

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

DP4052-0441-31

400-520

5.0MHz

Insertion Loss
(typ.)

Isolation
(typ.)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

1.5dB

Varies with Tx-Rx


separation

125

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

DP4052-0441-31

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction
Alodined aluminium with
silver plated tuning elements
with powder coated 3RU
front panel

134/5.25

482 / 19

305 / 12

Weight(kg/lb

Connectors

Temperature

6.2 / 13.6

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
122

Duplexers
400-520 MHz
Bandpass (Wide Passband)
These duplexers have been designed for applications requiring
duplexers with up to 1.5MHz wide passbands such as trunking
applications and combining of multi-channel transmit and receive
multicouplers for single-antenna operation.
They offer high performance characteristics and suit applications with
stringent performance specifications including high power operation
and excellent VSWR characteristics across the entire passband(s).
These models provide a stable VSWR over a genuine wide passband.
This ensures that constant, stable isolation and insertion loss
characteristics are maintained across the entire band. The Bandpass
design, also offers out-of-band protection that further enhances the
scope of application for this duplexer to include high density sites.
These models each comprise six (6) cavity filters coupled together in
a Bandpass / Bandpass configuration and mounted on a 5RU 483mm
(19inch) cantilever shelf.

DP4052-0461-31
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50

Suits analogue and digital applications

-60
-70

Ideal for multi-channel or frequency agile


applications

-80
-90

-10

Suits multi-channel combining to a single antenna

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - DP4052-0461-31

Up to 1.5MHz passband

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss
(typ.)

Isolation
(typ.)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

DP4052-0461-31

400-520

5.0MHz

2.0dB

Varies with
passband and Freq.
Separation

250

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

DP4052-0461-31

Construction
Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements
on 5RU panel

223 / 8.75

483 / 19

305 / 12

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

10 / 22

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
123

Duplexers
400-520 MHz
Bandpass (Wide Passband)
These duplexers have been designed for applications requiring
duplexers with up to 5MHz wide passbands such as trunking
applications and combining of multi-channel transmit and receive
multicouplers for single-antenna operation.
They offer high performance specifications and suit applications
requiring stringent performance characteristics including high power
operation and excellent VSWR characteristics across the entire
passband(s).
Unlike some other wide passband duplexers available in the
marktetplace these models provide a stable VSWR over a genuine
5MHz wide passband. This ensures that constant, stable isolation and
insertion loss characteristics are maintained across the entire band.
The Bandpass design, further enhances the scope of application for
this duplexer to include high density sites.
These models each comprise eight (8) cavity filters coupled together
in a Bandpass / Bandpass configuration and mounted on a 5RU
483mm (19inch) cantilever shelf.

DP4052-0481-31
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70

Suits analogue and digital applications

-80
-90

Ideal for multi-channel or frequency agile


applications

-20

fo

+20

Typical Response Curve - DP4052-0481-31

Suits multi-channel combining to a single antenna


Up to 5MHz passband (or wider upon request)

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss
(typ.)

Isolation
(typ.)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

DP4052-0481-31

400-520

5.0MHz (Typ.)

2.0dB

Varies with
passband and Freq.
Separation

250

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Dimensions (mm/inches)
Model

DP4052-0481-31

Construction
Alodined
aluminium with
silver plated
tuning elements
on 5RU panel

223 / 8.75

483 / 19

305 / 12

Weight (kg/lb)

Connectors

Temperature

13 / 28

N female

-30 to +80C
-22 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
124

Duplexers
400-520 MHz
Vari-Notch
This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. They offer
high performance characteristics and suit applications with stringent
performance specifications with narrow transmit-receive frequency
separation eg. CB radio repeaters.
This model comprises six (6) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port
isolation in an optimised design incorporating a combination of
passband selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical
dimensions.
These duplexers are made from cavities constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

DP4052-3461-31
0
-10
-20
-30
-40

Suits narrow frequency separations

-50
-60

High input power rating

-70

Excellent port-port isolation

-90

-80

Convenient rack mount style

-10

fo

+10

Typical Response Curve - DP4052-3461-31

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss
(typ.)

Isolation
(typ.)

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

DP4052-3461-31

400-520

0.75MHz

2.2dB

>95dB

125

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

DP4052-3461-31

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction

Alodined aluminium with silver


plated tuning elements with
powder coated 5RU front panel

223 / 8.75

483 / 19

305 / 12

Weight(kg/lb

Connectors

Temperature

10 / 22

N female

-30 to +60C
-22 to 140F

www.rfi.com.au
125

Duplexers
800-960 MHz
Notch
This duplexer is a compact high performance notch-only style duplexer
ideally suited to mobile installations and use at uncongested
communications sites. It features low insertion loss, high symmetrical
isolation and excellent stability - all in a small and robust package.
These duplexers comprise extruded aluminium resonators and solid
copper jacketed intercabling that ensure excellent mechanical and
electrical stability. Temperature compensation is achieved through
superior cavity design and careful selection of construction materials.
DP8287-3161-18

Suits low density sites


0

Compact package

-10
-20

Ideal for mobile and link applications

-30

Alternate frequency spacings available

-40

Other configurations available on request

-60

-50

-70
-80
-90

-100

fo

+100

Typical Response Curve - DP8287-3161-18

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

DP8287-3161-18

820-870

45.0MHz

DP8594-3161-18

850-940

76.0MHz

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

<1.5dB

>72dB

50

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

All models

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction

Painted aluminium with


hardline cabling

32 / 1.25

154 / 6

93 / 3.66

Weight(kg/lb

Connectors

Temperature

0.58 / 1.3

BNC female

-20 to +60C
-4 to +140F

www.rfi.com.au
126

Duplexers
800-1000 MHz
Bandpass
This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station and link transceiver
applications.
This model comprises two (2) bandpass cavity filters and therefore
offers the benefits of rejecting unwanted frequencies outside their
respective pass bands.
This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.
This model is supplied on a powder-coated, 3RU, 483mm (19in) rack
mount shelf for easy installation.

DP8010-0421-31

Ch1
dB
-10
-20
-30

Suits analogue and digital applications

-40
Ch2

Ideal for link applications

-60

Suits high density sites

-80

-70

-90
Abs

Excellent for out-of-band rejection

-50

fo

+50

Typical Response Curve - DP8010-0421-31

Other mounting styles available

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

DP8010-0421-31

800-1000

45.0MHz

1.5dB

>35 dB

125

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

DP8010-0421-31

Dimensions (mm/inches)

Construction

Alodined aluminium with silver


plated tuning elements with
3RU power-coated front panel

134 / 5.25

482 / 19

300 / 12

Weight(kg/lb

Connectors

Temperature

6.3 / 13.2

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
127

Duplexers
800-1000 MHz
Vari Notch
This duplexer is ideal for repeater base station applications. It offers
higher performance specifications and suits applications requiring
stringent performance characteristics.
This model comprises four (4) cavity filters coupled together in a VariNotch configuration offering low insertion loss and high port-to-port
isolation in an optimised design, offering a combination of passband
selectivity, rejection and space-efficient physical dimensions.
This duplexer is made from resonators constructed from extruded
hardened aluminium that is not easily deformed. Excellent tuning
stability is therefore maintained across the guaranteed extended
temperature range. The passivated chromatic conversion coating
(Alodine) provides excellent corrosion protection.

DP8086-3441-31
0
-10
-20
-30

Excellent port-port isolation

-40

Low insertion loss

-60

-50

-70

Narrow frequency separation versions available


(3.6MHz broadcast studio links)

-80
-90

Other mounting styles available

-60

fo

+60

Typical Response Curve - DP8086-3441-31

Electrical
Model

Frequency
(MHz)

Min. Freq
Separation

DP8086-3441-31

800-866

45.0MHz

DP8996-3441-31

890-960

39.0MHz

Insertion Loss

Isolation

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

0.8dB

90dB

125

50 Ohms

Mechanical
Model

DP8086-3441-31
DP8996-3441-31

Construction

Alodined aluminium with silver


plated tuning elements with 3RU
powder-coated front panel

Dimensions (mm/inches)
H

134 / 5.25

482 / 19

305 / 12

Weight(kg/lb

Connectors

Temperature

4.7 / 10.3

N female

-40 to +80C
-40 to +176F

www.rfi.com.au
128

Rebroadcast
Systems
Rebroadcast systems (also known as Repeater Amplifiers, Signal
Boosters, Bi-Directional Amplifiers, and Coverage Extenders or Cell
Enhancers) extend radio systems' coverage into areas where abrupt
propagation losses prevent reliable communication.
They can be used to improve the coverage of AM/FM radio, two-way radio,
paging, cellular, telemetry and control systems, wireless data and WLAN
systems and they can be deployed to cater for both analogue and digital
technologies across frequencies from 500KHz to above 5.8GHz.
Applications include network coverage black spots, airports, high-rise
buildings, shopping centres, road and rail tunnels, mines, ships, and other
restrictive coverage situations.
RFI offers a range of quality channel-selective and band-selective
(broadband) rebroadcast equipment to suit a wide variety of applications,
frequency bands, and network technologies.
We offer stand-alone, cable-fed and radio-over-fibre (RF/OF) solutions to
satisfy the design requirements of any operational application.
A sampling of our standard product technologies is shown in this catalogue,
but we can supply product and complete customised solutions for any
application.

AL

BOOSTER SYS
T
S
EM

SIG
N

If you require a Rebroadcast System solution not shown in this catalogue,


please do not hesitate to contact your local RFI sales office for further
assistance.

129

Rebroadcast
Systems
Introduction
RFI has designed, manufactured and supplied one-way (uni-directional) and
two-way (bi-directional) rebroadcast equipment to meet a variety of analogue and
digital system performance requirements. These are available for a variety of
installation environments - in formats ranging from single frequency, low power
installations to very complex multi-channel, multi-band, high power configurations
intended for operations-critical public safety and road and rail infrastructure.
We design our rebroadcast products using tried and proven engineering practices,
along with quality components and associated hardware from world-leading
suppliers.

Applications
Applications for Rebroadcast Systems include:

Inside Buildings

Many buildings restrict coverage because windows, reinforced concrete and metal
in their construction act as an effective RF screen. Distributed antennas or
radiating cables within these buildings, and external antennas or landline links
interacting with the external network, can be utilised to enhance coverage inside
buildings.

Tunnels and Mines

Bored or cut-and-cover tunnels can be provided coverage by using directional


antennas or radiating cable running the length of the tunnel. In longer tunnels or
complex tunnel networks such as railways or mines, Rebroadcast System units
can also be used as in-line amplifiers to distribute and re-amplify signals from inplant or external network base stations to provide coverage throughout such
tunnels.

Coverage Black Spots

Local topology such as mountains and valleys frequently cause propagation


blackspots. Improved coverage into such areas can be realised using
Rebroadcast System technologies. Strategically located Rebroadcast System
units can "eavesdrop" to a host site (or network), and rebroadcast it into the black
spot area(s), thereby reducing the effects of such poor coverage areas.

Short Term Coverage Requirements

Conferences, sporting events and festivals can require temporary coverage. In


such cases, Rebroadcast System units can be installed to repeat channels from a
network site located some distance away that has spare traffic capacity and that
would otherwise be out-of-range of users at the event.

130

Rebroadcast
Systems
Types of Rebroadcast Architectures

RF "Band Selective"

Band Selective units (also called "broadband") can handle large numbers of
channels. Units can be configured to handle multiple sub-bands (i.e. 400-404MHz
and 406-409MHz) or entirely separate bands (i.e. 400-420MHz and 860-870MHz)
and can be supplied to meet the requirements of all of the international analogue
and digital wireless systems standards including AM and FM Broadcast, PMR,
SMR, P25, TETRA, GSM, CDMA, 3G, Wireless Data, Satellite, CCTV, WLAN, etc.
Each unit is configured to suit each application's specific requirements. The
required filtering to provide for the required pass bandwidths in each signal path is
assembled from our wide range of multicoupling systems modules.
Small signal, low-noise amplifiers and high power Class A amplifiers are selected
to give high performance and economic solutions for each individual application.
Output powers from below 0.5 watt to above 100 watts can be provided to satisfy
multiple-carrier applications in congested RF environments.

Key features of Band Selective style:

Suitable for universal application within a given network without alignment


to local site frequencies and is particularly suited to in-building and
in-tunnel communications systems.
Fully compatible with modern system technologies such as dynamic
frequency allocation and frequency hopping.
Automatic Gain Control (AGC) or Output Level Control (OLC) is usually
fitted to protect the system against operational saturation caused by units
operating nearby the unit's antennas/radiating cables.
Available in 19inch rack, wall or customised mounting styles and in
various environmental housing ratings.
This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

RF "Channel Selective"

Channel Selective units provide the required filtering and associated circuitry to
provide the selectivity for the unit to handle individual channels. This is usually
required where the user is operating within a shared frequency band or where it is
not possible to co-ordinate the geographic location of systems operating on
adjacent channels.
Units can be configured to handle single or multiple channels across single or
multiple sub-bands (i.e. 400-420MHz and 450-470MHz) or entirely separate bands
(i.e. 400-420MHz and 860-870MHz). These can be supplied to meet the
requirements of all of the international analogue and digital wireless systems
standards including AM and FM Broadcast, PMR, SMR, P25, TETRA, GSM,
CDMA, 3G, Wireless Data, Satellite, CCTV, WLAN, etc.

131

Rebroadcast
Systems
Each unit is configured to suit each application's specific requirements.
Channelised units utilise multicoupling, crystal, or Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW)
filters to provide the required channel bandwidths (from 12.5KHz to 200KHz or
wider) required by the application.
Typical units incorporate channelised modules in both uplink and downlink signal
paths - although "hybrid" band-selective/channelised systems are also available to
suit specialised applications.
Small signal, low-noise amplifiers and high power Class A amplifiers are selected
to give high performance and economic solutions for each individual application.
Output powers from below 0.5 watts to above 100 watts can be provided to satisfy
multiple-carrier applications in congested RF environments.

RF Over Fibre
RFI has a demonstrated experience in providing RF over fibre (RF/OF) style
rebroadcast equipment.
Over long distances, conventional "daisy-chained" coaxial cable designs are
limited by cable attenuation and amplifier intermodulation noise levels. RF/OF
techniques can allow a large number of radio channels across one or more
frequency bands and/or technologies to be transported using fibre optic cable with
minimal degradation of the original RF signals. Multi-band signals are combined
prior to RF over fibre conversion, and multi-band filtering and amplifier techniques
are used to recover the optical signals back to RF.
Therefore, RF/OF solutions are particularly suited to the extended coverage
requirements of large road and rail tunnels and underground mine complexes and
may be deployed for both band-selective and channelised rebroadcast
architectures - and for all analogue and digital technologies in any frequency band.
In addition, unit reliability can become an increasing issue in that failure of one unit
can impact the performance of the rest of the system "down-stream" from a failure.
In fibre-fed systems, each (or alternatively, units at regular intervals in the design)
remote tunnel unit can be fed by fibre links from the master site. In some design
architectures this can provide a significantly more robust solution against failure
and increase system reliability in safety-of-life and operations-critical operational
environments.

132

Rebroadcast
Systems
The key components of a RF/OF solution are;

Fibre Optic Cable

Monomode (also known as Single Mode) fibre has a very small diameter fibre
inner core. The converted RF signals that are transmitted along the fibre are
relatively unaffected by reflection and refraction, therefore allowing the optical
signals to travel very long distances - without compromising the quality of the
signal received at the far end of the cable.
The alternative to Monomode fibre cable is Multimode cable. This type of fibre is
not as well suited to RF/OF applications as the optical signals passing through a
Multimode fibre cable are subject to degradation from the reflections and
refractions that occur within this type of fibre cable. As a result, Multimode fibre is
not generally recommended for applications requiring long transmission distances
between radio sites within a network design, and as such Multimode fibre is
generally used only in smaller network designs.

Fibre Optic Transmitters

The Fibre Optic Transmitter (and associated receiver) must operate on a common
optical wavelength. Two wavelengths are commonly used for these applications 1310nm and 1550nm. In general, the transmitted RF power applied to the
RF to fibre converter is limited to a maximum level of between 0dBm and +10dBm
(model and configuration dependent) to prevent overload of the
RF to fibre converter circuitry. This is particularly relevant in multi-channel and multiband applications where peak powers of multiple carriers can add co-incidentally.
An alarm monitoring circuit monitors the bias current of the optical transmission
LED and indicates an alarm state if minimum or maximum safe operating
characteristics are exceeded.

Fibre Optic Receivers

The Fibre Optic Receiver recovers the optical signal from the fibre cable and
converts it back to an RF signal. This signal is then fed to a low-noise amplifier.
The intermodulation (IM) performance of this amplifier determines the output
signal per carrier of the fibre optic receiver. For most applications, the RF carrier
levels from the fibre optic receiver unit will typically be around -10dBm for each
recovered signal. These signals are then amplified by additional amplifier stages
to increase them to the specific output levels required within the overall system
design.
An alarm facility is provided to indicate a low optical input level signal at the input
of the fibre optic receiver unit.

Fibre Optic Transceivers

In many designs, transmit and receive paths within the fibre portion of the design
utilise separate fibre cables. This is convenient in most applications because
modern fibre cables are actually multi-strand, and have many separate
fibres within each cable.
However, in some applications it may be desirable to
utilise a single fibre for both transmit and receive
signals. In such cases, the 1310nm and 1550nm
optical wavelengths may be duplexed onto the common
fibre.

133

Rebroadcast
Systems
Wave Division Multiplexing (WDM) is generally used to provide this capability.
Using WDM techniques, the separate fibre optic transmitter and receiver modules
may be combined into a single Fibre Optic Transceiver unit.

Multiple-Wave Diversity and Add-Drop Capability

Transceivers are available to provide Diversity and Add-Drop capability in systems


designs. Using different optical wavelengths, multiple units can be implemented
to share common fibre optic cables - thereby providing flexibility in systems'
designs to cater for receiver diversity or multiple voting nodes. In addition, sites
can be daisy-chained along a long fibre routes to provide the optimum use of
rented fibre cables.

Design Considerations

The respective fibre optic modules employ various design techniques to


improve overall performance. These include the use of DFB laser diodes,
optical interference reduction, APC (automatic power control) to minimise
level variations over a broad temperature range, low noise linear
preamplifiers with wide bandwidth to reduce noise and distortion figures, and
the use of amplifier circuitry offering good 3rd order intermodulation point
performance to reduce overall intermodulation susceptibility and to provide
high recovered RF signal output levels.

Optical Couplers and Splitters

Similar to RF applications, the optical signals from a "master" site may be


coupled or divided across several different fibres to then feed multiple
"remote" sites. This is particularly suited to designs where the "master site"
is geographically centralised in the network, or where central switching
architecture is employed (i.e. trunking controllers or voting hubs).

Key Features of RF/OF techniques

Particularly suited to very long or complex tunnel system layouts.

- Overcomes long-distance cable attenuation and performance


degradation, and improves system amplifier intermodulation noise
performance.
-

Provides additional operations resiliency in critical applications


through the use of multiple fibre cable interconnectivity within the
design and/or fireproof fibre cable routing.

System Solutions

RFI can design an overall system solution to meet each application's unique
channel capacity, frequency band(s) or technology requirements.
Simple RF/OF systems may be employed in single channel rebroadcast
applications for the in-building and mining markets. Multi-channel, multi-band
solutions often include AM/FM Broadcast radio, VHF and/or UHF paging, voice or
data two-way communications channels, 800MHz trunking or wireless data,
cellular technologies, and specialised applications such as WLAN. These larger
system requirements are often identified in rail and road tunnel, airport, and large
in-building applications.
The specific layout and architecture of the design is determined by the geographic
layout of the installation, operational coverage requirements, and sometimes the
system structure (i.e. centralised trunking controller or voting hub).
134

Rebroadcast
Systems
All Frequencies, All Technologies, Simple Installation
RFI can supply rebroadcast solutions for all frequency bands and for all
technologies.
Road tunnel designs commonly incorporate a combination of frequency bands
and technologies to provide the rebroadcast of AM/FM Broadcast Radio, VHF
Paging, UHF PMR or Data, 800MHz Trunking and multiple Cellular networks.
Drawing on our acknowledged expertise in network and multicoupler design, we
can often combine all of these services onto a single radiating cable for signal
distribution throughout the tunnel areas. As a result, the cost of cables, weight
and space required in cable trays, installation hardware and labour are
significantly reduced. In addition, the installation phase of the rebroadcast system
can be significantly reduced through these reductions - an additional advantage in
any project!
We can supply single or multi-frequency band designs to suit most network
platforms including:
GSM900
GSM1800
PCS1900
CDMA
AMPS
TACS

PMR
SMR
TETRA
P25
CCTV
i-DEN

AM Broadcast
FM Broadcast
GPS
Satellite
Mobitex
RD-LAP

NMT
Paging
W-LAN/Wi-Fi
3G

 Audio Break-In Capability




Our system designs can be provided with optional audio break-in capability. This
allows live or pre-recorded announcements to be inserted into the rebroadcast
system - overriding the usual communications traffic.
These systems are widely used to provide emergency and operations update
information to travellers through their vehicle AM/FM radios.
Similar capabilities can be provided in most of our designs in other frequency
bands, allowing command and control messages to be imposed onto two-way
radio channels for incident control and management operations.

 Alarm Monitoring and Control

Rebroadcast systems can also be provided with various levels of Alarm Monitoring
and Control capabilities.
Monitoring can be provided utilising a range of approaches including closed
circuits (i.e. relay contacts) through to remote computer terminals or TCP/IP
connectivity through LANs or the Internet.
In local systems, alarms can be presented via contact closures to local
supervisory equipment. In remote systems the alarms can be sent back over
dedicated links - or the same fibre used in remote systems.
Dedicated software can be provided to monitor system status and alarms. Other
tunnel systems (such as traffic management systems) can be utilised to monitor
these signals as a part of their overall control and reporting functions.

135

Rebroadcast
Systems
The signals that may be monitored (analogue and/or digital) in typical Alarm
Monitoring and Control Systems can include;

136

Fibre Optic Transceiver Receive Laser Level (in mW)

Fibre Optic Transceiver Receive Laser Level Alarm - between a preset high and low
threshold

Fibre Optic Transceiver Transmit Laser Level (in mW)

Fibre Optic Transceiver Transmit Laser Level Alarm - between a preset high and low
threshold

RS232 Communication to/from the remote unit

Downlink Amplifier Operation- between a preset high and low threshold

Uplink Amplifier Operation- between a preset high and low threshold

AGC/OLC control voltage (in volts dc)

Mains Power Supply - OK

Battery Revert/Charge - Activated

Power Supply DC voltages (i.e. 15vdc and 28vdc rails)

Battery DC voltages (i.e. 28vdc)

Tamper Switch ("door open" on the repeater amplifier enclosure)

Internal Enclosure temperature (in F or C)

Optional temperature measurement (in F or C) is also available for monitoring an


external condition (i.e. room temperature, tunnel ambient temperature, etc)

Optional inputs are also available to monitor external events (i.e. lighting, movement or
fire/smoke detection, etc)

Outputs are also provided to allow the remote control or external equipment (such as
backup lighting, etc)

Rebroadcast
Systems
Introducing Signal Booster II
Mission Critical Reliability for Rebroadcast
Coverage
RFI is pleased to introduce the new Signal Booster
II product range from TX RX Systems Inc. It
provides Public Safety grade reliability and
coverage in disadvantaged RF locations and suits
the rigorous requirements of public safety, mass
transit and other similar operations-critical
applications. A totally new compact design
facilitates installation and system optimisation for
rock solid operation via a simple man-machine
interface.
Imbedded features for ease of use include;

decoupled test points for signal detection,

menu driven gain settings,

front panel LED monitors for amplifier and


power status,

and an at-a-glance LED bar graph to


indicate relative output of the inbuilt
Output Level Control (OLC).

Additionally, this product offers a unique on-board OLC datalog feature that
archives a "User Signal Profile" to facilitate optimum systems configuration and
performance.
Output Level Control (OLC) Circuit Monitors
and Controls RF Output Power

Fault Monitoring and Alarming Essential for


Maintaining Reliable Communications

Maintains maximum required output power while


preventing damage and excessive emission levels

Control system continuously monitors parameters


including voltage, current, temperature and OLC activity

Easy to read LED bar graph

LEDs on each module quickly annunciate source of fault

Unique OLC datalog feature facilitates system


maintenance and optimisation

Fault triggers annunciation on panel and alarm contact


state change

Microprocessor Controlled System ensures


reliable operation and flexible configuration
Simple, back-lit LCD and switch control

Card Cage Modularity


Easy "slide-in" replacement process
Facilitates ease of service and system configuration

Current, voltage and temperature monitoring


Fault monitoring and alarm annunciation

Decoupled RF Test Points for Simplified


Service
Allow fast system measurements in both uplink and
downlink paths monitor signals for performance
optimisation

High Performance Bandpass Filters


Configured to customer requirements and addresses
many specifications requiring custom passbands
Models available with passbands from below 3MHz to
over 18MHz for full band coverage

Integrated design facilitates non-intrusive measurements

Programmable Gain Setting


Programmable attenuation 0-30dB in 0.5dB steps
Ease of initial configuration via front panel

Secure non-vented NEMA enclosures suitable


for Extreme Indoor or Outdoor Environments

When used in conjunction with OLC Datalog, simplifies


post-installation adjustments

Various Mains and Battery Backup


Configurations Available
For more information on this exciting new product range please contact your nearest sales office

137

Rebroadcast
Systems
Summary
Instead of restricting the system designer or network operator to a limited selection
of model configurations, RFI offers enormous flexibility in the choice of gain,
AGC/OLC control, output powers, frequency bands, bandwidth, passband
separation, AC/DC supply voltages (with or without battery backup), power and
alarm monitoring, and cabinet mounting styles.
RFI's in-house engineering design and manufacturing capability and our in-depth
knowledge of filter and system design allows us to provide unique or customised
solutions for any application - no matter how small or large, simple or complex.
Most applications will determine a customised solution but with our broad product
range and supporting engineering services we are able to design, assemble and
commission rebroadcast equipment quickly and easily - no matter what the
requirement.
Included in this catalogue is a sampling of some product technologies and
configurations we can supply but we encourage you to contact us to discuss your
own application requirements so that we can supply the solution best suited to
your needs.

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

138

System
Products
RFI can supply a diverse range of products to ensure that you are provided
with the broadest possible selection of components from which to complete
your multicoupling system design requirements.
A sampling of our System products is represented within this catalogue.
Within this range, many models can be supplied with characteristics
tailored to conform with specific design parameters. Therefore, we cannot
fully represent these many variants within these pages.
If you cannot find what you need within these pages, we encourage you to
contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance.
Crossband Couplers
Hybrid / Directional Couplers
Isolators / Circulators
Low Pass / Harmonic Filters
Power Dividers / Splitters
RF Loads / Terminations / Attenuators
Miscellaneous System Products

139

System Products
Crossband Couplers
Crossband couplers allow the combining of multiple frequency bands
onto shared coaxial and radiating cables and multi-band antennas.
Models are available for specialised transmit and receive applications
across the frequency range 0.5 - 2500MHz and beyond. Cascading
units can allow any number of different frequency bands to be
combined together.
In addition, units are available for indoor, outdoor and tower mounting
requirements thereby providing for the rationalisation of feeder cable
usage - reducing cabling costs and tower loadings.
Indoor Unit

Suits analogue and digital technologies


Combine multiple frequency bands for Distributed
Antenna and Radiating Cable systems
Reduce cabling and tower loading
Add new frequency bands to existing installations
Indoor, outdoor and tower-mount versions available
Outdoor Unit

A crossband coupler is typically a three port device - usually known as low-pass, high-pass and combined
respectively. Models are available in a variety of mounting styles and DC-Pass or DC-Blocking configurations
for use with bi-directional amplifiers and tower mount preamplifiers.
Tower mount (outdoor) models shown consist of the indoor unit less rack mount bracket, in a weatherproof
fibreglass housing that is sealed with silicon adhesive.
Indoor units may also be packaged in suitable custom weatherproof housings to create alternate tower mount
versions.
Typical models are shown.
Other models are available upon request.
Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
140

System Products
Crossband Couplers
Typical Applications - Combining Multiple Frequency Bands onto a radiating cable

Example: Combining an AM
and FM Radio Rebroadcast
System with a UHF two-way
Operations Channel for a
road tunnel

Radiating Cable Through Tunnel


Splitter

- single radiating coax


reduces cable, hardware,
and installation costs

Feeder

AM Rebroadcast
Equipment

UHF Comms
System

FM Rebroadcast
Equipment

Typical Applications - Combining Multiple Frequency Bands onto a radiating cable

Radiating
Cable
on each
floor of
building

4
Channel
UHF
Trunking

Example: Combining a VHF


Paging and a multi-channel
UHF Voice, system for an
in-building application
- single coax reduces cable,
hardware, and rigging costs
- ensures all systems have
identical coverage potential

VHF
Paging
Single Antenna
Multicoupler

www.rfi.com.au
141

System Products
Crossband Couplers
Typical Applications - Combining Multiple Frequency Bands onto a shared coaxial cable

UHF 800MHz

VHF

Example : Combining VHF


and UHF/800MHz Rx
Systems using Tower Mount
Amps
- single coax reduces cable,
hardware, and installation
costs
- reduces tower loading

Feeder

VHF

UHF 800MHz

VHF
Omni

Example : Combining a VHF


Base with Omni antenna
with a UHF directional link
- ideal for long cable runs or
difficult installations

Tower Mount
Crossband Coupler

- reduces tower loading and


installation time
- single coax reduces cable,
hardware, and installation
costs

Feeder

Duplexer

Tx

Tx

Rx

Rx

Base Station

Duplexer

Link

www.rfi.com.au
142

System Products
Crossband Couplers
Electrical
Model

Frequency Bands
Coupled
(MHz)

Typ. Loss
(dB)

SP0000-1101-31

400 - 540 MHz


800 - 960MHz

SP0000-1104-85

SP0000-1101-31

SP0000-1106-85

Power Rating
(watts)

Notes

0.20
0.20

750
500

400 - 540 MHz


800 - 960MHz

0.30
0.50

Rx Only

1.

SP0000-1103-31

400 - 540 MHz


800 - 960MHz

0.30
0.50

250
Rx Only

2.

SP0000-1108-85

SP0000-1105-31

25 - 175 MHz
400 - 960MHz

0.25
0.25

350
350

SP0000-1110-85

SP0000-1107-31

25 - 175 MHz
400 - 960MHz

0.35
0.50

Rx Only

3.

SP0000-1112-85

400 - 540 MHz


800 - 960MHz

0.35
0.35

Rx Only

4.

SP0000-1111-31

0 - 90MHz
140 - 540MHz

0.50
0.50

200
200

SP0000-1113-31

0 - 175MHz
450 - 2000MHz

0.50
0.50

>50dB

200
200

1.

SP0000-1115-31

0 - 1000MHz
1700 - 2200MHz

0.30
0.50

>50dB

200
200

1.

SP0000-1117-31

0.5 - 1.6MHz
60 - 1000MHz

0.50
0.60

>30dB

100
100

5.

Weather Proof
Tower Mount

Indoor Mount

SP0000-1102-85

Isolation
(dB)

>40dB

Notes:
1.

Passes DC power between all three terminals for operating separate tower mount receive
systems. Warning: Do not connect a DC grounded antenna directly to this model if DC
power is being passed.

2.

DC power will only pass between the combined port and the 800-960MHz port for operating a
800MHz tower mount receive system.

3.

DC power passes between the combined port and the 400-540MHz port, but is blocked from
the 25-175MHz port to the combined port.

4.

DC power passes between the combined port and the 400-540MHz port, but is blocked from
the 800-960MHz port to the combined port.

5.

The 0.5-1.6MHz port is coupled onto outside conductor of combined port and 60-1000MHz
port is coupled onto centre conductor of combined port. This model is used for combining
AM radio rebroadcast with FM/VHF/UHF/etc onto a single cable.

Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications

Mechanical
Model

Dimensions
(HxWxL approx)

Temp. Range
C / F

SP0000-1101-31
SP0000-1103-31
SP0000-1105-31
SP0000-1107-31

50 x 482 x 75 mm
2 x 19 x 3 in.

-40 to +70 C
-40 to +160 F

SP0000-1102-85
SP0000-1104-85
SP0000-1106-85
SP0000-1108-85
SP0000-1110-85
SP0000-1112-85

89 x 152 x 350 mm
3.5 x 6 x 13.75 in.

SP0000-1111-31
SP0000-1113-31
SP0000-1115-31

31 x 110 x 132 mm
1.25 x 4.3 x 5.2 in.

VSWR

Weight

Connectors

1.8 kgs
4.0 lbs
1.25:1

-40 to +70 C
-40 to +160 F

3.2 kgs
7.0 lbs
50 Ohms

165 x 135 x 110 mm


6.5 x 5.3 x 4.5 in.

N female
(others on request)

-20 to +55 C
-4 to +130 F
1.3:1

SP0000-1117-31

Impedance

1.0 kg
2.2 lbs

-30 to +65 C
-22 to +150 F

www.rfi.com.au
143

System Products
Hybrid/Directional Couplers
Hybrid/Directional Couplers allow signals to be combined or sampled
at preset values. Models are available from small low power units to
high power versions, across the frequency range 50-2500MHz.
They are available with preset coupling/sampling values of between 3
to 30dB. Single or dual port versions are available, and broadband
models are also available to provide flexibility in designs catering for
multi-band signal distribution.
Our range of Hybrid/Directional Couplers is suitable for multicoupling
and distributed antenna and radiating cable systems, in addition to
testing and other laboratory purposes.
Hybrid Coupler

Suitable for analogue and digital technologies


Ideal for frequency agile transmitter combining
Sampling and distributing signals in distributed
antenna and radiating cable systems
Sampling signals at controlled levels in laboratory
and testing applications

Directional Coupler

The Hybrid/Directional Coupler is a multi-port device - usually known as input, output, and decoupled ports
respectively. The same device may be used to combine signals (when it is commonly referred to as a Hybrid
Coupler), or to sample a signal (when is commonly referred to as a Directional Coupler). Fundamentally it is the
same device, with only the application changing.
When used as a Hybrid Coupler, the coupler allows multiple signals to be combined together on to a common
port. Due to its design, any frequencies within the coupler's designed passband may be combined together. This
is particularly useful to combine two or more very closely spaced frequencies, allowing channels to be combined
that would be difficult or impractical to combine using a cavity filter design approach.
As a Directional Coupler, the coupler allows a preset sampling of the input power level to be taken at the
decoupled port. This allows the matching of signal levels within a design to facilitate the "balanced" distribution
of signals within a distributed antenna or radiating cabling system. In testing environments, directional couplers
allow reduced power samplings of the input signal to be provided to test and measuring equipment at safe levels
to minimise the risk of overload or damage to valuable test equipment.
Some models are available as either single or dual coupled port devices. Low and high power versions are
available, as well as broadband models for multi-band distribution requirements.
Models with different coupling values can be utilised within a design to compensate for the differing attenuation
or propagation characteristics present at different locations within the design.

Typical models are shown.


Other models are available upon request.
Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.

www.rfi.com.au
144

System Products
Hybrid/Directional Couplers
Typical Applications - Progressive and Branching Transmitter Combining

Please note that for illustration purposes, the isolators, harmonic filters, and output filters that may be
required in a specific design are not shown on the transmitter combining examples. As hybrid couplers
do not provide any transmitter carrier noise suppression, an output filter is generally required.
Example 1 : Combining multiple transmitters in a "progressive" combiner
OUTPUT
-3 dB

-1.8 dB

-3 dB HYBRID

-4.8 dB

TX 2
INPUT

-1.0 dB

-6 dB HYBRID

-4.8 dB HYBRID

-3 dB

TX 1
INPUT

-1.2dB

TX 3
INPUT

-7 dB HYBRID
-6 dB

-7dB

TX 4
INPUT

TX 5
INPUT

Per-Channel Insertion Losses

The table at right shows the insertion loss that can be


expected in a progressive hybrid combiner design. In a multichannel system (Channels 2 to 5), the insertion loss for each
channel (L1 to L5 is shown). Utilising a different model
coupler in each channel position allows equal insertion
losses to be designed into the system at optimum values per
channel.

Channels

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

3.0

3.0

4.8

4.8

4.8

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

7.0

7.0

7.0

7.0

7.0

Example 2 : Combining multiple transmitters in a "branching" combiner


OUTPUT
-3 dB HYBRID

-3 dB HYBRID

TX 1
INPUT

TX 2
INPUT

-3 dB HYBRID

TX 3
INPUT

TX 4
INPUT

Per-Channel Insertion Losses

The table at right shows the insertion loss that can be


expected in a branching hybrid combiner design. In some
multi-channel configurations (i.e. 3 or 5 channel), the
insertions losses will be higher than in a equivalent
progressive design as shown above

Channels

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

3.0

3.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

In a branching combiner design, some ports may need to be terminated and remain unused to ensure
that all channels have the same insertion loss in the system. Alternatively, the individual channel's
transmitters may have their output power adjusted to achieve the same result if an unbalanced
architecture is utilised.
The advantage of the branching design is that all couplers are of the same coupling rating, thereby
assisting spares holdings and ongoing system support.
The disadvantage of a branching design is that per-channel insertion losses are often higher than in
designs using progressive techniques.

www.rfi.com.au
145

System Products
Hybrid/Directional Couplers

TUNNEL F

2-WAY
SPLITTER

TUNNEL E

DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
TUNNEL D

DIRECTIONAL COUPLER

SYSTEM
EQUIPMENT

TUNNEL C

DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
TUNNEL A

TUNNEL B

Typical Application - Using Directional Coupler to evenly distribute signals in a mine.


A different model directional coupler may be used in each position in the above example to equalise the
signal attenuators within the design to provide a more balanced performance throughout the mine.
Using directional couplers instead of fixed power dividers provides the flexibility to branch signals at
specific ratios to better meet design values and more accurately equalise overall design performance.

www.rfi.com.au
146

System Products
Hybrid/Directional Couplers
Electrical
Model

Frequency Range
Sampled (MHz)

Coupling Level
(dB)

Port-Port
Isolation

SP0608-2103-11

66-88

-3

SP1317-2110-11

-10

SP1317-2115-11

-15

SP1317-2120-11

-20

SP1317-2130-11

-30

SP1317-2150-11

Power Rating
(watts)

Ports

Notes

>25db

300

Dual

1.

>30db

10

Single

2.

300

Dual

1.

10

Single

2.

Power Rating
(watts)

Ports

Notes

10

Single

2.

>25db

300

Dual

1.

125

Single

2.

100

Dual

1.

25

Single

2.

-50
132-174

SP1317-2203-11

-3

SP1317-2204-11

-4.8

SP1317-2206-11

-6

SP1317-2207-11

-7

SP1317-2210-11

-10

SP1447-2115-11

Return Loss
(VSWR)

148-174 / 450-470

>25db

20db(1.22:1)

-15

SP2225-2210-11

-10

SP2225-2215-11

-15
>30db
225-250

SP2225-2220-11

-20

SP2225-2230-11

-30

SP2225-2250-11

-50

Model

Frequency Range
Sampled (MHz)

Coupling Level
(dB)

SP4054-2110-11

-10

SP4054-2115-11

-15

SP4054-2120-11

-20

SP4054-2130-11

-30

SP4054-2150-11

-50

SP4054-2203-11

-3

SP4054-2204-11

Port-Port
Isolation

Return Loss
(VSWR)

>30db

-4.8

20db
(1.22:1)

400-540
SP4054-2206-11

-6

SP4054-2207-11

-7

SP4054-2210-11

-10

SP4054-2215-11

-15

SP4054-2220-11

-20

SP4054-2230-11

-30

SP4054-2205-11

-4 to -10 adj.

-10 to -19

>20db

SP0554-2210-11
50-540
SP0554-2111-11

(1.35:1)

www.rfi.com.au
147

System Products
Hybrid/Directional Couplers
Electrical
Model

Frequency Range
Sampled (MHz)

Coupling Level
(dB)

Port-Port
Isolation

Return Loss
(VSWR)

Power Rating
(watts)

Ports

Notes

SP8090-2203-31

800-900

-3.2

20 - 30db

(1.06:1)

850

Dual

1.

10

Single

2.

>25db

300

Dual

2.

>18db

100

Dual

1.

350

Dual

1.

SP8010-2110-11

-10

SP8010-2115-11

-15

SP8010-2120-11

-20

SP8010-2130-11

-30

SP8010-2150-11

-50

SP8010-2203-11

-3

SP8010-2204-11

800-1000

-4.8

SP8010-2206-11

-6

SP8010-2207-11

-7

SP8010-2210-11

-10

SP8010-2215-11

-15

SP8010-2220-11

-20

SP8010-2230-11

-30

SP8025-2203-11

-3

SP8025-2106-11

-6

SP8025-2110-11

>30db

20db(1.22:1)

-10
800-2500

SP8025-2115-11

-15

SP8025-2120-11

-20

SP8025-2130-11

-30

SP1310-2203-11

-3

SP1310-2204-11

-4.8

20db(1.22:1)

SP1310-2206-11

>25dB

-6
132-1000

SP1310-2207-11

-7

SP1310-2210-11

-10

SP1310-2230-11

-30

Notes:
1.

Units are supplied without a termination on the coupling termination port. A load should be
ordered to match the power rating of operation using the following recommended formula;
(Coupling Loss of Input Power) x 2
i.e. 10db of 100watts = 10watts x 2 = 20watts minimum load

2.

Tuned within band for a 3% operating bandwidth. Coupling level adjustment range varies
slightly across band.

Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.

www.rfi.com.au
148

System Products
Hybrid/Directional Couplers
Mechanical
Model
SP0608-2103-11
SP1317-2103-11

Dimensions (LxWxH)

Temp. Range

Weight kg/lb

Connectors

460 x 64 x 60
18.1 x 2.5 x 2.5

SP1317-2104-11
1.3 / 2.9
SP1317-2106-11
SP1317-2107-11

435 x 64 x 60
17.1 x 2.5 x 2.4

SP1317-2110-11
SP1447-2115-11

Contact RFI

SP4054-2103-11
SP4054-2104-11
SP4054-2106-11

90 x 64 x 60
3.5 x 3 x 10.75

0.7 / 1.5

SP4054-2107-11
SP4054-2110-11
SP4054-2115-11
N female
SP4054-2120-11
SP4054-2130-11
SP4054-2105-11

Contact RFI
273 x 89 x 75
3.54 x 2.5 x 2.4

SP0554-2110-11
SP0554-2111-11
SP8010-2103-11
-30 to +60 C
-22 to +140 F

SP8010-2104-11
SP8010-2106-11
SP8010-2107-11

128 x 64 x 60
5 x 2.5 x 2.4

0.6 / 1.3

SP8010-2110-11
SP8010-2115-11
SP8010-2120-11
SP8010-2130-11
SP8025-2103-11
SP8025-2106-11

N female
20 x 53 x 132 mm
0.8 x 2.1 x 5.2 in

SP8025-2110-11

0.5 / 1.1
N female
(7/16 DIN on request)

SP8025-2115-11
SP8025-2120-11
SP8025-2130-11
SP1310-2203-11
SP1310-2204-11
SP1310-2206-11
SP1310-2207-11

470 x 64 x 64 mm
18.5 x 2.5 x 2.5 in

1.3 / 2.9

N female

SP1310-2210-11
SP1310-2230-11

www.rfi.com.au
149

System Products
Isolators/Circulators
Circulators allow the directional control of signal paths between
respective ports of the device. In particular configurations with one
port terminated into a dummy load, a Circulator is also known as an
Isolator.
Two or more units may be cascaded in a design to enhance
performance characteristics. Models are available for applications
across the frequency range 50-2500MHz.

Suits analogue and digital technologies

Isolators

Isolating and protecting transmitter outputs from high


VSWR
Separating transmit and receive signal paths in
simplex multicoupling applications
Controlling the direction of signal flow in some
combining applications
Circulators

A Circulator is typically a three port device that allows signals to flow between two adjacent ports, but in only one
direction. This feature can be particularly useful in isolating signals from each other in particular applications.
When one port is terminated into a dummy load, a Circulator can be used to isolate a transmitter from reverse
power created by a mismatched termination. In this application a Circulator is known as an Isolator, and prevents
returned signals caused by the high VSWR from being returned to the transmitter power amplifier, where it can
mix with other signals causing intermodulation products and possible interference.
Models are available in different frequency bands and with different power ratings to suit a variety of applications.

Extra Reading
For some additional information on the use of Isolators and Circulators, please read the following Seminar
Subjects papers - An Elementary Introduction to Ferrite Isolators, Circulators and RF Loads.
This document can be found on our web site, or contact us to organise a copy to be sent out to you.
Typical models are shown.
Other models are available upon request.
Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.

www.rfi.com.au
150

System Products
Isolators/Circulators
Electrical
Frequency Bands
Coupled (MHz)

Typ. Loss
(dB)

Typ. Isolation

SP0608-3100-11

66-88

0.30

35dB

150

SP1013-3100-11

108-136

0.30

35dB

150

SP1317-3100-11

132-174

0.30

35dB

150

SP2225-3100-11

220-250

0.30

35dB

150

SP3336-3100-11

330-360

0.30

35dB

150

SP3640-3100-11

360-400

0.30

35dB

150

SP4044-3100-11

400-440

0.30

35dB

150

SP4448-3100-11

440-480

0.30

35dB

150

SP4852-3100-11

480-520

0.30

35dB

150

SP5256-3100-11

520-560

0.30

35dB

150

SP8287-3100-11

820-870

0.25

35dB

100

SP8792-3100-11

870-920

0.25

35dB

100

SP9296-3100-11

920-960

0.25

35dB

100

SP0608-3105-11

66-88

0.30

35dB

150

SP1013-3105-11

108-136

0.30

35dB

150

SP1317-3115-11

132-174

0.30

35dB

150

SP2225-3105-11

220-250

0.30

35dB

150

SP3336-3115-11

330-370

0.30

35dB

150

SP3640-3115-11

360-400

0.30

35dB

SP4044-3115-11

400-440

0.30

35dB

SP4448-3115-11

440-480

0.30

35dB

150

SP4852-3115-11

480-520

0.30

35dB

150

SP5256-3115-11

520-560

0.30

35dB

150

SP8287-3115-11

820-870

0.25

35dB

100

SP8792-3115-11

870-920

0.25

35dB

100

SP9296-3115-11

920-960

0.25

35dB

100

SP0608-3205-11

66-88

0.60

70dB

150

SP1013-3205-11

108-136

0.60

70dB

150

SP1317-3215-11

132-174

0.60

70dB

150

SP2225-3205-11

220-250

0.60

70dB

150

SP3336-3215-11

330-360

0.60

70dB

150

SP3640-3215-11

360-400

0.60

70dB

150

SP4044-3215-11

400-440

0.60

70dB

150

SP4448-3215-11

440-480

0.60

70dB

150

SP4852-3215-11

480-520

0.60

70dB

150

SP5256-3215-11

520-560

0.60

70dB

150

SP8287-3215-11

820-870

0.50

70dB

100

SP8792-3215-11

870-920

0.50

70dB

100

SP9296-3215-11

920-960

0.50

70dB

100

Model

Return Loss/
VSWR

Power Rating
(watts)

Imped.

Load Rating

Single Circulators

None fitted

Single Isolators

<1.22:1

150
150

50 Ohms

250W
Integral

Dual Isolators

250W
Integral

Dual and triple circulators may be created by cascading multiple single models. Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.
Other bands available on request

www.rfi.com.au
151

System Products
Isolators/Circulators
Mechanical
Model

Dimensions (HxWxL mm/inches approx)

Temp. Range

Weight kg/lb

Connectors

Single Circulators
All Models

43 / 1.7

115 / 4.5

110 / 4.33

Single Isolators
All Models

43 / 1.7

115 / 4.5

110 / 4.33

43 / 1.7

176 / 6.93

110 / 4.33

0.98 / 2.15
-40 to +70 C
-40 to +160 F

N female
(Input / Output)
0.98 / 2.15

SMA Female
(Sampling Ports)

Dual Isolators
All Models

1.65 / 3.63

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
152

System Products
Low Pass/Harmonic Filters
Low Pass and Harmonic filters are used to control unwanted
components of a signal. Models are available in a range of
frequencies and response styles across the frequency range 601000MHz.
Our range of Low Pass and Harmonic filters is ideally suited for
multicoupling, distributed antenna and radiating cable systems, testing
and other laboratory purposes.

Suits analogue and digital technologies


Reduce harmonic signal levels from non-linear
devices
Suppress unwanted or interfering signals
Controlling the direction of signal flow in some
combining applications
Harmonic Filters

RFI filters are especially designed to assist in the prevention and suppression of unwanted signals in
multicoupling systems, at frequencies from 60MHz to 1000MHz.
In particular, non-linear devices such as RF Power Amplifiers, circulators and hybrid couplers can produce
significant amounts of harmonic power. These harmonics can contribute to the generation of third-order
intermodulation products when passed, and then mixed, with other signals.
For this reason, either a low pass, harmonic or cavity filter should always be inserted between the non-linear
device and the rest of the multicoupling or antenna system
In addition, notch style filters may be more appropriate to reduce strong signals close to wanted signals in
multicoupling designs or to allow test equipment to safely display such signals during measurement or faultfinding activities.
Typical models are shown.
Other models are available upon request.
Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.

www.rfi.com.au
153

System Products
Low Pass/Harmonic Filters
Electrical
Model

Carrier
Frequency
(MHz)

SP1317-1501-11

132-174

SP4054-1503-11

400-540

SP8010-1505-11

800-960

SP1317-1507-11

132-174

SP4054-1509-11

400-540

SP8010-1511-11

800-960

Sections

2nd Harmonic
Attenuation

Single

>30dB

Double

Style

Insertion Loss

Return Loss/
VSWR

Power Rating

Imped.

Notch

0.02dB

>20db / 1.22:1

600 watts

50 Ohms

>60dB

Mechanical
Model

Dimensions mm/in

Temp. Range

Weight kg/lbs

Finish

Connectors

60 x 75 x 48
2.4 x 3 x 1.9

-30 to +55 deg C.


-22 to +140 deg F.

0.13 / 0.3

Passivated aluminium

N male (input)
N female (output)

SP1317-1501-11
SP4054-1503-11
SP8010-1505-11
SP1317-1507-11
SP4054-1509-11
SP8010-1511-11

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
154

System Products
Power Dividers/Splitters
Power Dividers (Splitters) allow signals to be evenly distributed across
several paths. In addition, they can be used as a combining device in
some applications.
Models are available in both low power units and high power versions,
across the frequencies from below 10MHz to 5.8GHz.
They are available in configurations from 2-way to 16-way, and
broadband models are also available to provide flexibility in designs
catering for multi-band signal distribution.
Our range of Power Dividers/Splitters is suitable for multicoupling and
distributed antenna and radiating cable systems, in addition to testing
and other laboratory purposes.
High Power Model

Suits analogue and digital technologies


Low and high power versions available
Distribute or combine signals in systems and testing
applications
Reduce signals to designed levels

Low Power Model

The Power Divider/Splitter is a multi-port device - usually known as input, and output (n) ports respectively. The
same device may be used to divide signals evenly across multiple paths or to combine signals, when it is
commonly referred to as a Passive Combiner.
Fundamentally it is the same device with only the application changing.
When used as a Power Divider/Splitter, the device allows a signal to be evenly distributed across multiple paths.
Due to its design, the insertion loss in each of the paths will be identical.
As a Passive Combiner, the device is used in "reverse" with multiple paths being combined into a single port.
This combining approach may be used in certain applications where the resultant isolation of the combined
signals can be externally controlled or where the need for higher isolation values may not be relevant. Due to
its design, the loss in each of the combined paths will be identical.
In testing environments, these devices allow signals to be divided and then routed to multiple locations, or
combined from multiple sources to a common output - as per testing requirements.
Low and high power versions are available, as well as broadband models for multi-band distribution
requirements.
Typical models are shown.
Other models are available upon request.
Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.

www.rfi.com.au
155

System Products
Power Dividers/Splitters
Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

Paths

Insertion Loss

Return Loss
(VSWR)

Power Rating
(Watts)

SP0154-5102-11

5-540MHz

<3.8db

14dB(1.5:1)

125

SP0154-5202-11

5-540MHz

<3.8db

14dB(1.5:1)

Rx Only

SP0154-5204-11

5-540MHz

<6.5db

14dB(1.5:1)

Rx Only

<3.2db

14dB(1.5:1)

800

SP1317-5104-11

<6.5db

14dB(1.5:1)

1000

SP4054-5102-11

<3.5db

20dB(1.2:1)

500

<6.4db

23dB(1.5:1)

1000

SP4054-5103-11

<5db

20dB(1.2:1)
over 6% of BW

600

SP8010-5202-11

<3.8db

14dB(1.5:1)

Rx Only

<6.5db

14dB(1.5:1)

Rx Only

SP8010-5102-11

<3.2db

20dB(1.2:1)

500

SP8010-5103-11

<5.1db

20dB(1.2:1)

500

SP8025-5102-11

<3.5db

14dB(1.5:1)

200

<5.5db

14dB(1.5:1)

200

<7.0db

14dB(1.5:1)

200

SP1317-5102-11

Imped.

132-174MHz

SP4054-5104-11

400-540

SP8010-5204-11

50 Ohms

800-1000

SP8025-5103-11

800-2500

SP8025-5104-11

Notes: Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.

Mechanical
Model

Dimensions mm/in

SP0154-5102-11

48 x 25 x 95
1.9 x 1 x 3.75

SP0154-5202-11

Temp. Range

Weight kg/lbs
0.47 / 1.0
0.2 / 0.46

SP0154-5204-11

95 x 25 x 108
3.75 x 1 x 4.25

0.4 / 0.88

SP1317-5102-11

41 x 110 x 130
1.6 x 4.25 x 5.1

0.47 / 1.0

SP1317-5104-11

41 x 270 x 130
1.6 x 10.6 x 5.1

1.0 / 2.2

SP4054-5102-11

41 x 110 x 130
1.6 x 4.25 x 5.1

0.47 / 1.0

SP4054-5104-11

41 x 270 x 130
1.6 x 10.6 x 5.1

1.0 / 2.2

SP4054-5103-11

41 x 220 x 130
1.6 x 8.6 x 5.1

SP8010-5202-11

48 x 25 x 95
1.9 x 1 x 3.75

0.21 / 0.46

SP8010-5204-11

95 x 25 x 108
3.75 x 1 x 4.25

0.4 / 0.88

SP8010-5102-11

41 x 110 x 130
1.6 x 4.25 x 5.1

0.47 / 1.0

SP8010-5103-11

41 x 220 x 130
1.6 x 8.6 x 5.1

0.65 / 1.43

SP8025-5102-11
SP8025-5103-11

23 x 50 x 110
1 x 2 x 4.25

Connectors

-30 to +70 C
-22 to +160 F

N female

0.65 / 1.43

0.3 / 0.6

N female
(7/16 DIN on request)

SP8025-5104-11

www.rfi.com.au
156

System Products
RF Loads, Terminations and Attenuators
RF Loads and Terminations are used to correctly terminate coaxial
cables, multicoupling devices and test equipment.
RF Attenuators are used to reduce signals to a design level. They are
also used to reduce high powered signals to lower levels to prevent
overload or damage to other devices or test equipment.
Models are available in a range of power handling ratings and
connector styles across the frequency range DC - 2500MHz.
Our range of RF Loads, Terminations and Attenuators are ideally
suited for multicoupling, distributed antenna and radiating cable
systems, testing and other laboratory purposes.
25W Load

Termination of unused ports on multicoupling


devices
General purpose termination or attenuation of
multicoupling devices, cables and other systems
components
Suited to test equipment applications
100W Load

RFI supplies a range of natural convection, air cooled dry RF Loads, Terminations and Attenuators.
RF Terminations are designed as general purpose, low power terminations to be used to correctly terminate
unused ports on devices such as receiver multicouplers, etc.
RF Loads are especially designed as heavy duty, precision 50ohm terminations for coaxial cables and
multicoupling devices, with models available to suit requirements at various input power ratings and frequencies
from DC - 2500MHz.
Many of our RF Loads have power density factors (the ratio of rated power to heatsink surface area) in the range
0.54 to 0.28watts/in, in some cases three to six times lower than competitive loads of similar power ratings.
They use microwave grade, thin film, pyrolytic carbon resistors that exhibit excellent power handling capability
and temperature cycling characteristics, as well as low noise and low temperature coefficients.
RF Attenuators are designed as general purpose attenuators to reduce signals to required levels. They are
typically used in applications such as on the input of preamplifiers, test equipment, or as part of systems designs
(such as bi-directional amplifiers) to prevent overload, control gain or to otherwise maintain signals levels within
desired limits.
Our RF Loads and Attenuators have excellent return loss over their entire operating range. They are therefore
ideal for use in laboratory and field-testing applications for connection to wattmeters and other test equipment.
Typical models are shown.
Other models are available upon request.
Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further details.

www.rfi.com.au
157

System Products
RF Loads
RF Loads

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

Return Loss/ VSWR

Power Rating
(Watts)

SP0000-6005-11

SP0000-6025-11

25

SP0000-6060-11

DC-1000

>30dB / 1.05:1
@ 1-1000MHz

60

SP0000-6100-11

100

SP0000-6250-11

250

SP0000-6001-12

SP0000-6005-12

SP0000-6010-12

50 Ohms

10

>26dB / 1.1 :1
@ 1-1000MHz

SP0000-6015-12

Imped.

15

DC-2400
SP0000-6025-12

25

>20dB / 1.2:1
@ 1-2200MHz

SP0000-6060-12

60

SP0000-6100-12

100

SP0000-6150-12

150
Notes: Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.

Mechanical
Model

Dimensions
(mm/inches)

SP0000-6005-11

33H x 38
1.3H x1.5

Temp. Range

Weight kg/lbs

Finish

Connectors

Gold passivated
aluminium

N male

Black Anodised
Aluminium

N male
(others on request)

0.085 / 0.18
0.275 / 0.6
0.5 / 1.1
SP0000-6025-11

129H x 38
5H x 1.5

SP0000-6060-11

160L x 99W x41H


6.3L x 3.9W x 1.6H

SP0000-6100-11

160L x 99W x74H


6.3L x 3.9W x 2.9H

0.975 / 1.3

1.8 / 3.95

SP0000-6250-11
-30 to +55 deg C
-22 to +140 deg F

SP0000-6001-12
SP0000-6005-12

188L x 203W x109H


7.4L x 8W x 4.3H

SP0000-6010-12
SP0000-6015-12
SP0000-6025-12

Contact RFI
110L x 38W x 38H
4.3L x 1.5W x 1.5H

SP0000-6060-12
SP0000-6100-12

120L x 51W x 51H


4.7L x 2W x 2H

SP0000-6150-12

www.rfi.com.au
158

System Products
RF Terminations
RF Terminations

SP0000-6004-11

SP0000-6003-11

SP0000-6002-11

SP0000-6001-11

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

Return Loss / VSWR

DC-1000

30dB / 1.05:1

Power Rating (watts)

SP0000-6001-11

Impedance

0.5 (Rx Only)


50 Ohms

SP0000-6002-11

0.5 (Rx Only)

SP0000-6003-11

VHF/UHF

SP0000-6004-11

800MHz

N/A

N/A

T-Pass Short Circuit

Notes: Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.

Mechanical
Model

Dimensions

SP0000-6001-11

BNC male Connector


Housing

SP0000-6002-11
SP0000-6003-11
SP0000-6004-11

N male Connector
Housing

Temp. Range

Weight (gr/oz)

Finish

9 / 0.4

-30 to +60C
-22 to +140F.

29 / 1.2
29 / 1.2

Connectors
BNC male

As per
connector

N male

39 / 1.6

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
159

System Products
RF Attenuators
RF Attenuators

SP0000-7103-00

SP0000-7014-00

SP0000-7403-02

Electrical
Model

Frequency (MHz)

SP0000-7015-00

Attenuation (dB)

Power Rating

Return Loss /
VSWR

Imped.

0 - 15 switched

Notes
In 1dB steps

DC-2500
SP0000-7030-00
SP0000-7014-00

0 - 30 switched
132-1000

SP0000-7103-00

Rx Only

In 2dB steps

3-14 (typ)

Variable

SP0000-7106-00

6
DC-1000

0.5 watts

SP0000-7110-00

10

SP0000-7120-00

20

SP0000-7303-02

SP0000-7306-02

SP0000-7310-02

10

SP0000-7320-02

20

SP0000-7403-02

5 watts

SP0000-7406-02

SP0000-7410-02

10

20dB / 1.22:1
typical

50 Ohms

10 watts
SP0000-7420-02

Notes
1, 2.

20
DC-2500

SP0000-7603-02

SP0000-7606-02

SP0000-7610-02

10

SP0000-7620-02

20

SP0000-7803-02

SP0000-7806-02

SP0000-7810-02

10

SP0000-7820-02

20

50 watts

100 watts

Notes:
1.

Other power and attenuation ratings and connector types are available upon request.

2.

Units may be cascaded to create alternative values.

Please consult dedicated product briefs for detailed specifications.

www.rfi.com.au
160

System Products
RF Attenuators
Mechanical
Model

Dimensions
mm / inches

Temperature
Range

Weight (kg/lb)

Finish

Connectors

SP0000-7015-00
Contact RFI

Contact RFI

SP0000-7030-00
SP0000-7014-00

Contact RFI
50L x 60W x 23H
2L x 2.3W x 1H

0.066 / 0.15
BNC male/female

SP0000-7103-00
SP0000-7106-00
SP0000-7110-00

36L x 14
1.4L x 0.5

16 / 0.04

As per connector

SP0000-7120-00
SP0000-7303-02
SP0000-7306-02
SP0000-7310-02

70L x 50W x 32H


2.7L x 1.9W x 1.2H

SP0000-7320-02

-30 to +55 deg C


-22 to +140 deg F.

SP0000-7403-02
SP0000-7406-02
SP0000-7410-02

125L x 36W x 34 H
4.9L x 1.4W x 1.3H

SP0000-7420-02
Contact RFI
SP0000-7603-02
SP0000-7606-02
SP0000-7610-02

Matt black
Anodised aluminium

N male/female
(others on request)

120L x 125W x 41H


4.7L x 4.9W x 1.6H

SP0000-7620-02
SP0000-7803-02
SP0000-7806-02
SP0000-7810-02

120L x 125W x 110H


4.7L x 4.9W x 4.3H

SP0000-7820-02

www.rfi.com.au
161

Engineering
Services
RF Industries (RFI) offer an extensive range of research and development,
design, manufacturing, installation, commissioning and related engineering
services to the wireless industry.
We have an extensive in-house capability to support our customers. We
can offer site layout and construction advice, RF systems' design, site
documentation, intermodulation and interference analysis, retuning, site
and multicoupling fault-finding and reconfiguration advice. We also provide
advice on the selection, design and implementation of multicoupling (and
associated antennas, cabling, earthing, lightning protection, etc), and we
will also carry out site visits as part of the above activities.
In particular, we welcome the opportunity to work with consultants, network
operators, site owners, equipment vendors and end users in the design and
specifying of solutions, tender preparation, quotation responses, installation
and commissioning of systems.
Our objective is to provide our
extensive engineering expertise and
product knowledge, backed by our
diverse
product
range
and
manufacturing capabilities, to support
our customers in the wireless industry
- across our entire product portfolio.
If you would like to access these
specialist resources please do
not hesitate to contact your local
RFI sales office for further
assistance.

162

Engineering
Services
RFI offers a range of engineering activities to support our customers, our products,
and their use. We are committed to our customers, and we value the contribution
we can make to our customer's business. To this end, we offer the following
support services to the wireless industry;
RFI already supply all the component families required to construct
communications sites. This includes antennas and rigging hardware, cables and
connectors and related hardware, earthing and lightning protection equipment,
multicoupling and related installation hardware, and power supplies - including
solar and battery systems.
We have over twenty years of experience supplying and supporting some of the
world's leading brands of wireless infrastructure products. Backed up by our own
in-house engineering and manufacturing capabilities, we have an acknowledged
expertise in the wireless industry.
To ensure the successful use of the products we supply, we offer a range of design
consultation services to assist site designers and constructors understand the
many facets of the correct choice, installation and use of our products.

Site Layout and Construction Advice


When you are designing your communications sites RFI can assist you with;

the correct choice of antenna type to suit the environmental operating


conditions and network coverage/performance objectives of a particular
site,

the optimum cable size/type for the intended application, and the
associated hardware recommended for its installation and mounting.

suitable earthing and/or lightning protection equipment for the proposed


installation and site locality,

the selection, design, and implementation of a suitable filtering or


multicoupling solution,

the identification, selection, dimensioning, design and implementation of


suitable power systems to cater for the operational, geographical and
environmental characteristics of the proposed site.

RF Systems Design
Wireless systems design can often be a complex task. Successful multicoupling
solutions can require careful consideration of many variables. These include: local
frequency spectrum allocation guidelines, RF congestion, frequency re-use, the
presence of adjacent and co-sited services, antenna location and orientation,
equipment and network performance criteria, intermodulation and other
interference issues, local environmental characteristics and existing RF
conditions.
RFI design and supply multicoupling solutions that we guarantee to perform.
Coupled with our in-depth knowledge and experience in the application of off-theshelf products is a comprehensive in-house engineering capability in design and
commissioning of custom multicoupling solutions. Our factory's manufacturing
capability allows us to combine the best of our products and services to assemble
the ideal multicoupling solution for each and every customer application - no
matter how simple or complex they may be.

163

Engineering
Services
Site Documentation
When we supply a multicoupling system to our customers, we incorporate it into
our internal site documentation file register. We maintain this register for the life
of a system and/or site. We record the system that was supplied, any applicable
frequencies, measured performance results, and any other configuration
characteristics that have been implemented into the system.
Over time, as the system is expanded or reconfigured, we update these records
to reflect such changes - as and when they are ordered. In this way, we maintain
an accurate "snapshot" of each multicoupling system we have supplied to our
customers. We refer to these records to assist in the recommendation and
designing of future system changes. We provide an updated copy of these "asbuilt" records (along with actual measurement test results from the factory) with
each system addition or change as it is supplied, and many of our customers now
utilise our Site Records as their own reference documentation for their sites.

Intermodulation and Interference Analysis


The wireless environment is becoming ever more congested. It is increasingly
challenging to introduce and operate frequencies into communications
environments without suffering the effects of some form of interference. At RFI we
can offer in-house engineering support to evaluate the likely interaction between
actual and/or proposed frequencies on a site. This evaluation assists in the
identification of likely intermodulation or other interference issues, and allows us
to incorporate adequate measures into site layout or multicoupling designs to
ensure such performance-impacting issues are minimised.
Our in depth knowledge of the relevant engineering and performance criteria for
analogue and digital technologies across a diverse range of end-use applications,
and their interaction across multiple frequency bands, allows us to bring an
acknowledged level of expertise to the evaluation of interference probabilities, and
the design and implementation of suitable reduction measures.

Retuning
Operational requirements on communications sites often change with time.
Sometimes customer's frequencies change or new frequencies need to be
incorporated onto the site. This may require window preselectors and other
multicoupling components that are currently in service on the site to be retuned or
re-configured. Alternatively, it may be preferred to re-deploy surplus multicoupling
to accommodate such change.
RFI offer both "return-to-factory" and "on-site" retuning services to meet the
various site reconfiguration and expansion requirements of our customers.

Site and Multicoupling Fault-finding, Analysis and Reconfiguration


Our comprehensive experience and engineering capability across the breadth of
our product range means that we can evaluate problems anywhere on a
communications site. We can draw on the diversity of knowledge and experience
within our organisation (and that of our major supplier partners) to provide a
comprehensive fault-finding, analysis and re-configuration advice capability to our
customers.
We can provide assistance over the telephone or email and, if required, we can
also carry out site visits to evaluate specific problem situations. We will prepare
reports and recommend actions to rectify problems that we identify.
For further information on any of these supporting services, please contact your
nearest RFI sales office for assistance.
164

Mounting
Hardware
RFI offer a range of mounting hardware and other accessories to support
the use of our multicoupling products. These items are also used in our
factory during the assembly of many of our multicoupler products and
systems.
This range includes metalwork, mounting brackets, hose clamps, cable
assemblies and associated hardware items.
The products represented in this catalogue are a sampling of the range of
items that we can provide. In addition, we design and supply customised
metalwork to suit unique mounting and operational requirements.
Corporate colour schemes and logos can also be added to most metalwork
upon request.
If you cannot find what you require in these pages, please contact your
nearest RFI sales office for further assistance.

165

Mounting Hardware
Installation Accessories
T-Pass Peg Rack
The open, volumetrically efficient, arrangement of
the Peg Rack assembly securely holds up to 23
T-Pass
channel
assemblies,
allowing
unrestricted access to all system parts, tuning
adjustments and test points.
T-Pass channel assemblies are attached with
stainless steel clamps to four support "pegs" and
become an integral part of the Peg Rack
structure. Excellent mechanical strength is
achieved with a minimum of support members. A
typical Peg Rack is around 75% lighter than a
19inch cabinet of equivalent capacity. This
results in a large reduction in shipping costs.
More than one multicoupler system can be
installed in one Peg Rack. For this reason we
offer various options and accessories to suit most
likely mounting configurations.
In addition
adapter plates are available to provide the correct
spacing to facilitate the mounting of standard
483mm/19inch rack mountable items (such as
receiver preselectors, etc) into these peg racks.
Peg Racks provide a simple and secure mounting
for our expandable cavity multicoupler systems.
They are constructed of alodined aluminium except for the steel gussets, cavity support pegs,
and bolts, washers and nuts. Shipment is usually
made in kit form to reduce freight costs and final
assembly completed on site.
Standard configurations are presented but
custom configurations and mounting styles can
also be provided to suit non-standard installation
conditions.
All kits are supplied with
comprehensive assembly instructions.
T-Pass Peg Racks are also suitable to use to
mount our other 168mm (6.625) and 254mm
(10) cavity-based combiners and systems.

Mounting Style - T-Pass Peg Rack

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
166

Mounting Hardware
Installation Accessories
T-Pass Peg Rack
Model

Description

HW0304-6001-11

Dimensions mm/in
L

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 30-40MHz wave cavities

3355/132

610/24

1660/65.25

HW0405-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 38-50MHz wave cavities

2570/101

610/24

1660/65.25

HW0608-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 66-88MHz wave cavities

1652/65

610/24

1660/65.25

HW0608-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 66-88MHz wave cavities

1652/65

610/24

2200/86.5

HW0608-6003-11

Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 66-88MHz wave cavities

1702/67

610/24

2020/79.5

HW0810-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 88-108MHz wave cavities

1195/47

610/24

1660/65.25

HW0810-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 88-108MHz wave cavities

1195/47

610/24

2200/86.5

HW0810-6003-11

Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 88-108MHz wave cavities

1297/51

610/24

2020/79.5

HW1013-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 108-136MHz wave cavities

1068/42

610/24

1660/65.25

HW1013-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 108-136MHz wave cavities

1068/42

610/24

2200/86.5

HW1013-6003-11

Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 108-136MHz wave cavities

1068/44

610/24

2020/79.5

HW1315-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 132-150MHz wave cavities

865/34

610/24

1660/65.25

HW1315-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 132-150MHz wave cavities

865/34

610/24

2200/86.5

HW1315-6003-11

Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 132-150MHz wave cavities

956/38

610/24

2020/79.5

HW1417-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 144-174MHz wave cavities

827/32.5

610/24

1660/65.25

HW1417-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 144-174MHz wave cavities

827/32.5

610/24

2200/86.5

HW1417-6003-11

Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 144-174MHz wave cavities

865/34

610/24

2020/79.5

HW1625-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 168-250MHz wave cavities

827/32.5

610/24

1660/65.25

HW1625-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 168-250MHz wave cavities

827/32.5

610/24

2200/86.5

HW2030-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 200-300MHz wave cavities

636/25

610/24

1660/65.25

HW2030-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in VHF 200-300MHz wave cavities

636/25

610/24

2200/86.5

HW2030-6003-11

Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in VHF 200-300MHz wave cavities

662/26

610/24

2020/79.5

HW3040-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 300-400MHz wave cavities

535/21

610/24

1660/65.25

HW3040-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 300-400MHz wave cavities

535/21

610/24

2200/86.5

HW3040-6003-11

Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in UHF 300-400MHz wave cavities

560/22

610/24

2020/79.5

HW3855-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 380-550MHz wave cavities

446/17.5

610/24

1660/65.25

HW3855-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 380-550MHz wave cavities

446/17.5

610/24

2200/86.5

HW3855-6003-11

Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in UHF 380-550MHz wave cavities

471/18.5

610/24

2020/79.5

HW4053-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 400-530MHz wave cavities

827/32.5

610/24

1660/65.25

HW4053-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in UHF 400-530MHz wave cavities

827/32.5

610/24

2200/86.5

HW4053-6003-11

Suits up to 13 - 254mm/10in UHF 400-530MHz wave cavities

865/34

610/24

2020/79.5

HW8010-6001-11

Suits up to 15 - 168mm/6.625in 800-1000MHz wave cavities

230/9

610/24

1660/65.25

HW8010-6002-11

Suits up to 23 - 168mm/6.625in 800-1000MHz wave cavities

230/9

610/24

2200/86.5

HW0000-6001-11

19 inch Rack Adapter - Converts part of Peg Rack to 5RU mounting (Set of two plates)

N/A

N/A

N/A

Notes: Dimensions above include overhang of cavity plungers at maximum extension.

www.rfi.com.au
167

Mounting Hardware
Cavity Mounting
RFI provides a range of mounting hardware and accessories to mount our cavity filters into standard 483mm
(19inch) rack spacing.
A range of mounting brackets, adapter plates and associated hardware is available, and in addition RFI will
custom design and manufacture metalwork and enclosures to suit project or product specific cosmetic, mounting
and environmental requirements.
Metalwork can also be provided in customised colour schemes or with company logos if desired.

Available to suit all cavity styles and sizes


Custom design and manufacturing available
Corporate colours and logo labelling available

HW0000-3021-11

HW0000-3012-11

HW0000-3011-11

HW0000-3001-11

Model

Description

HW0000-3001-11

483mm (19inch) rack rails to suit up to 4 x 100mm (4inch) cavities (Set of 2)

HW0000-3011-11

3RU 483mm (19inch) anodised front panel - suits 4 x 100mm (4inch) Bandpass style cavities

HW0000-3012-11

3RU 483mm (19inch) anodised front panel - suits 2 x Bandpass and Vari-Notch style 100mm (4inch) cavities

HW0000-3021-11

Set of 2 side plates to suit above rack rails and 3RU panels. Allows rear flush mount of UHF and 800MHz cavities.

HW0000-3022-11

As per HW0000-3021-11. Allows Rear Flush Mount of 132-400MHz cavities.

HW0000-3113-11

Model

Description

HW0000-3110-11

3RU Flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)
with bracket and hose clamp to suit 100mm (4) cavity (cavity ordered separately)

HW0000-3113-11

5RU Flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)
with bracket and hose clamp to suit 168mm (6.625) cavity (cavity ordered separately)

www.rfi.com.au
168

Mounting Hardware
Cavity Mounting

HW0000-2432-11

HW0000-2451-11

HW0000-2452-11

HW0000-2402-11

Model

Description

HW0000-2431-11

483mm (19inch) front, centre or rear mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 100mm (4inch) cavities

HW0000-2432-11

483mm (19inch) front, centre or rear mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 168mm (6.625inch) cavities

HW0000-2441-11

483mm (19inch) centre mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 2 x 100mm (4inch) cavities

HW0000-2442-11

483mm (19inch) centre mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 4 x 100mm (4inch) cavities

HW0000-2451-11

483mm (19inch) centre mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 2 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities

HW0000-2452-11

483mm (19inch) centre mount rack bar and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 4 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities

HW0000-2461-11

Piggy-back brackets and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 100mm (4inch) cavities

HW0000-2462-11

Piggy-back brackets and hose clamps (Set of 2) - suits 168mm (6.625inch) cavities

HW0000-2401-11

10RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 1 or 2 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
(use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)

HW0000-2402-11

10RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 3 or 4 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
(use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)

HW0000-2403-11

10RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 5 or 6 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
(use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)

HW0000-2411-11

11RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 1 or 2 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
(use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)

HW0000-2412-11

11RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 3 or 4 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
(use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)

HW0000-2413-11

11RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 5 or 6 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
(use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)

HW0000-2421-11

20RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 1 or 2 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
(use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)

HW0000-2422-11

20RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 3 or 4 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavitie
(use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)

HW0000-2423-11

20RU flush front panel c/w brackets and hose clamps - suits 5 or 6 x 168mm (6.625inch) cavities
(use with piggy-back bracket kits above to expand above initial 2 cavities)

www.rfi.com.au
169

Mounting Hardware
Cavity Mounting
Miscellaneous Mounting Hardware
Model

Description

HW0000-3000-11

General/wall mount bracket for cavities (hose clamp to be ordered separately)

HW0000-3100-11

Front/Rear rail mounting bracket for mounting 1-2 168mm (6.625in) cavities c/w two hoseclamps (qty 2 recommended)

HW0000-3101-11

Centre rail mounting bracket for mounting 1-4 168mm (6.625in) cavities c/w four hoseclamps (qty 2 recommended)

HW0000-3102-11

Piggy-back style mounting bracket for mounting additional 1-2 168mm (6.625in) cavities
onto above models c/w four hoseclamps (qty 2 recommended)

HW0000-3200-11

Isolator mounting plate to suit Symmetry Isolator (hose clamp to mount on cavity ordered separately)

HW0000-3201-11

Isolator mounting plate to suit TX RX Isolator (hose clamp to mount on cavity ordered separately)

HW0000-3102-11

HW0000-3101-11

HW0000-3000-11

HW0000-3100-11

Notes: Many other mounting accessories available to suit all cavity sizes and mounting styles.
Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for assistance.

Hose Clamps
Model

Description

HW0000-4001-11

Stainless Steel Hose Clamp for 100mm (4inch) cavities (qty 1)

HW0000-4002-11

Stainless Steel Hose Clamp for 154mm (6inch) cavities (qty 1)

HW0000-4003-11

Stainless Steel Hose Clamp for 250mm (10inch) cavities (qty 1)

Cavity Interconnect Cables


Model

Description

Dimensions

HW0000-1000-11

Replacement T-Pass ThruLine Cable RG214 N male to N male Connectors

Frequency dependent length. Frequencies of channels


above and below must be provided with order.

HW0000-1002-11

Filter Interconnection Cable - RG214 N male to N male connectors

HW0000-1003-11

Filter Interconnection Cable - RG214 N male to BNC male connectors

HW0000-1004-11

Filter Interconnection Cable - RG214 BNC male to BNC male connectors

HW0000-1102-11

Filter Interconnection Cable - RG142 N male to N male connectors

HW0000-1103-11

Filter Interconnection Cable - RG142 N male to BNC male connectors

HW0000-1104-11

Filter Interconnection Cable - RG142 BNC male to BNC male connectors

Preferred length (<1m) should be provided with order,


or default 1m length will be supplied.

Notes: RFI can make pre-made cables using any cable/connector combination, and in any quantity. RFI provide many integrators and OEMs with pre-made cables
to suit almost any application. Interconnection cables, antenna tails, custom cable assemblies? Please contact your nearest RFI sales office for assistance.

www.rfi.com.au
170

Mounting Hardware
483mm (19 inch) Metalwork
RFI can provide a range of mounting hardware and accessories to suit 483mm (19inch) rack mounting
requirements.
A range of industry-standard sized front panels, open cantilever shelves and enclosed boxes is available, and in
addition RFI will custom design and manufacture metalwork and enclosures to suit project or product specific
cosmetic, mounting and environmental requirements.
Metalwork can also be provided in customised colour schemes or with company logos if desired.

Industry-standard sizes
Custom design and manufacturing
Corporate colours and logo labelling available

HW0000-2012-11

HW0000-2234-11

HW0000-2334-11

Model

Description

HW0000-2012-11

1RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 200mm/12in. deep

HW0000-2013-11

1RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 300mm/12in. deep

HW0000-2023-11

2RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 300mm/12in. deep

HW0000-2033-11

3RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 300mm/12in. deep

HW0000-2035-11

3RU Cantilever shelf with flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) - 500mm/19.5in. deep

HW0000-2110-11

1RU Blank flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)

HW0000-2120-11

2RU Blank flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)

HW0000-2130-11

3RU Blank flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)

HW0000-2150-11

5RU Blank flush front panel (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo)

HW0000-2223-11

2RU Flush front panel vented lid box (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) 300mm/12 deep

HW0000-2234-11

3RU Flush front panel vented lid box (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) 400mm/15.75 deep

HW0000-2334-11

3RU Vented front panel box with vented lid and rear fan cutout (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) 400mm/15.75 deep

HW0000-2344-11

4RU Vented front panel box with vented lid and rear fan cutout (grey powder coated front panel with RFI logo) 400mm/15.75 deep

www.rfi.com.au
171

Technical
Support
RFI offer a comprehensive range of products and services to support the
wireless industry.
In addition we are happy to assist with the provision of relevant technical
information to assist with your wireless business.
The following pages contain some commonly used technical reference
information that will assist in the use of the products in this catalogue.
This information is supplemented by technical papers, detailed product
briefs and other material located on our website.
Like to find out more? Then please visit our web site at www.rfi.com.au or
contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance.

REFERENCE MATERIAL
Introduction to T-Pass technology
Introduction to Receiver Distribution Systems
Introduction to Cavity Filter types
Introduction to Duplexer types
General engineering data

172

Introduction to
T-Pass technology
Thousands of TXRX Systems' T-Pass multicouplers are in use today, in
applications ranging from two-repeater sites to very complex transmit/receiver
multicouplers in congested multi-band radio sites. They are also in use in
customised applications such as in-building and in-tunnel communications
systems.
The benefits of T-Pass multicoupler technology have been proven in the
toughest operating environments throughout the world. Unsurpassed ease of
expansion, reliable performance and superior system design flexibility have made
the T-Pass multicoupling technology the preferred choice of radio site owners
and operators.

Cavity Combining Methodologies


Ordinary cavity/ferrite combiners rely upon quarter-wave cable transformers,
resonant stubs and star junctions for combining groups of two, four or five
channels. Mechanical problems quickly develop in the process of trying to locate
several groups of cavities in close proximity to each other.
Additionally, because of the frequency-sensitive, narrowband nature of cable
transformers, operating bandwidth is usually restricted to about 6% of system
centre frequency.
T-Pass multicoupler systems can be easily expanded one channel at a time with
factory tuned, easy-to-install expansion channel assemblies. Expansion is usually
accomplished without modifications to the existing system and it amounts to
nothing more than placing a new channel assembly, or several, on top of the
existing system. New channel frequencies can be above, below, or between
existing channel frequencies.

T-Pass principles
The heart of the T-Pass multicoupler is an innovative, patented three port cavity
filter that provides two distinct, isolated signal paths.
Primary
Input/Output
Port

Bandpass
Loop

Antenna
Port

Tunable Coaxial
Cavity Filter

T-Pass
Loop

Secondary
Input/Output
Port

One path, from a primary input/output to a common antenna port, exhibits a high
selectivity bandpass characteristic centred at the resonant frequency of the cavity.
The second path, from a secondary input/output port to the antenna port, behaves
as a low-loss, 50 ohm transmission line at frequencies other than the resonant
frequency of the cavity filter.
The T-Pass filter shown in the above diagram, consists of a tunable coaxial
cavity filter, a bandpass coupling loop and a two-port, T-Pass coupling loop. The
single port bandpass loop is the primary input/output port. The two-port T-Pass
coupling loop has the common antenna port (top) and the secondary input/output
port (bottom).

173

Technical Support
Introduction to T-Pass technology

A typical T-Pass transmitter multicoupler channel

T-Pass System Expansion


Electrical and mechanical expandability is an inherent characteristic
of T-Pass multicoupler technology.

Starting a T-Pass system


A T-Pass multicoupling system can be started with a single channel.
One of the T-Pass coupling loop connections is terminated with a
short-circuit as future expansion below this first channel, whilst
possible, is unlikely as this cavity is commonly fitted at the bottom of
a T-Pass Peg Rack, so that expansion channels can be easily
installed above it.

TX1

C1
1.5
SC

Starting a T-Pass system


- the first channel

Expanding a T-Pass system


T-Pass multicoupler expansion amounts to nothing more than
installing an expansion channel assembly, or several, on top of an
existing system - creating a "stack". Each expansion channel
assembly is factory-tuned to the new channel frequency and
delivered with a thruline cable that is cut to length to "match" the new
C3
TX3
channel frequency to the existing system.
1.5
Many channels can be added in this fashion with practical limits on
the maximum number of channels dictated by site conditions such as
C2
intermodulation considerations, mechanical assembly limits and
TX2
maximum allowable insertion losses for each application.
1.5
Nothing changes in the existing system as each new channel is
C1
added and, unless the frequency of a new channel is very close to an
TX1
existing one, it is normally not necessary to retune any of the
1.5
SC
channels after expansion.
Expansion channels for T-Pass transmitter multicouplers include
Expanding a T-Pass system factory-tuned ferrite isolators therefore eliminating valuable on-site
adding two more channels
tuning time and effort as T-Pass multicouplers are expanded into
the future.
Post-expansion system performance can be calculated using software, and RFI can provide the
expected performance characteristics of the expanded system if requested.

www.rfi.com.au
174

Technical Support
Introduction to T-Pass technology
T-Pass System Flexibility
T-Pass multicoupler technology allows any
frequency to be added on to an existing
system stack - limited only by the operating
bandwidth of the antenna system to which it
is connected. Notably, this capability caters
for two common site situations to be
efficiently managed.

RFI BA-80 400-520MHz Binary Array antenna

TX3
515.700 MHz

1.5

TX2
450.650 MHz

a) On less-congested communications sites,


a single broadband dipole array antenna (i.e.
400-520MHz) can be installed that can easily
accommodate
any
frequency
then
introduced onto the site within its entire
bandwidth - thus reducing the number of
coaxial feeders and antennas installed at the
site and reducing site setup costs and tower
loading.

C3

C2
1.5

TX1
403.100 MHz

C1
1.5
SC

Combining channels across


the bandwidth of an antenna

b) On congested sites, multiple stacks can


be set up thus providing the flexibility to have
at least one stack available, as determined
Radiating cables or DAS
by intermodulation considerations within
each stack, to accommodate any frequency
later introduced onto the site.
Significantly, multiple frequency bands eg.
TX3
C3
865.700 MHz
VHF/UHF can be connected onto a single T1.5
Pass stack.
Through the use of tower-mounted
TX2
C2
77.750 MHz
crossband couplers detailed elsewhere in
1.5
this catalogue, these combined frequency
bands can be later separated for connection
TX1
C1
to multiple antennas - therefore allowing the
403.100 MHz
1.5
number of coaxial feeder cables used on a
SC
site to be reduced. This can also present
significant advantages on sites where tower
space and/or loadings are already at a
Combining channels across
premium - or where expensive tower rental
multiple frequency bands
rates can be optimised through keeping the
number of antennas installed to a minimum.
In addition, this ability is particularly useful in
Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS) where channels across multiple frequency bands may
combined for connection to multi-band antennas or radiating cable - as used for in-building or
in-tunnel communications. In conjunction with Crossband Couplers (see elsewhere in this
catalogue), complex multi-channel, multi-band multicouplers can be easily designed and
constructed using T-Pass technology.

www.rfi.com.au
175

Technical Support
Introduction to T-Pass technology
T-Pass System Configurability
T-Pass multicoupler technology also allows each
channel to be configured to suit the characteristics
required for its correct operation.
As with any cavity filter, the T-Pass loop assembly's
insertion loss can be varied to provide an alternate
selectivity response for each channel, and additional
cavity filters (bandpass, Vari-Notch, series notch, etc)
may also be added to each channel position in the stack
to enhance the overall channel response - without losing
the expandability benefits of the T-Pass technology.
T-Pass multicouplers can be easily configured to meet
the most demanding site design requirements. This
includes consideration of whether a channel is for transmit
and/or receive operation, the spacing to other frequencies
within the stack, the required isolation to other frequencies
in the stack, transmitter output powers and receiver
sensitivities.
When used with the other multicoupling systems products
and comprehensive engineering design services available
from RFI, the patented T-Pass technology provides the
most flexible transmit and receive multicoupling capability
in the market today.

ANTENNA

TR1
455.800 MHz

455.900 MHz

SC
TX1
456.100 MHz

TX2
456.325 MHz

SC

RX1 460.100
RX2 460.325

Per-channel configuration flexibility

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
176

Technical Support
Introduction to T-Pass technology
T-Pass - For Transmit and/or Receive
Applications

RX
ANTENNA

The concepts of T-Pass multicoupler technology


can be equally applied to transmit, receive, or
combined transmit/receive applications.
Simplex and duplex services can also be combined
together onto the same stack to further enhance site
multicoupler design flexibility.

RX3
411.500

C3
1.5

P 460.800
R 455.800
RX2
460.800

C2
1.5

0.3

RX1
520.875

C1
1.5

SC

Pass 155.310 MHz


TR 1
Ch. 1: 155.310
Ch. 2: 155.910

C1

C2

1.0

1.0

Pass 155.910 MHz

SC

C3

C4

1.0

1.0

SC

By utilising a hybrid combiner in conjunction with TPass channels, very close channel spacing can
also be easily accommodated within T-Pass
multicouplers.
Multicoupling adjacent 25KHz channels (as shown)
would normally incur around 3.5dB of insertion loss
in the hybrid combiner alone.
Adding a dual isolator and harmonic filter to the
hybrid combiner would increase this to around
4.1dB per input. Incorporating these two close
spaced frequencies into a T-Pass stack will only
increase this existing design loss by 1dB, but will
realise the real benefit of utilising the existing
antenna (and related feeder) system.

In addition, T-Pass multicouplers can be


configured for unique applications - such as
frequency agile base stations or multi-frequency
paging.
This can be accomplished through either a
multi-cavity T-Pass channel tuned for a widepassband response, or a multi-cavity "comb
filter" configuration. (note the use of T-Pass
loop assemblies on both sides of the cavity filter.

TX3
493.5000
-5.1 dB

HF

C2
1.0

TX2
493.5250
-5.1 dB

TX1
467.5000
-1.9 dB

HF

C1
1.0

SC

www.rfi.com.au
177

Technical Support
Introduction to T-Pass technology
In a typical multi-channel combined transmit/receive
multicoupler (as shown at right), multiple T-Pass
transmit channels are stacked with a multi-cavity
window preselector that provides the required
receive frequencies passband.
At the output of this window preselector there is a low
noise receiver multicoupler amplifier that provides
signal into a distribution network for up to four (4)
receivers.
This transmit/receive multicoupler network can be
easily expanded on both transmit and receive
sections, continuing the benefits of the superior TPass system expandability.

TX3
153.410 MHz

TX2
153.545 MHz

TX1
153.725 MHz

C1

C2

1.0

1.50

C3

C4

1.0

1.50

C5

C6

1.0

1.50

Pass 158.175 - 158.300

C7

So what else can you do with T-Pass


technology?

C9

C8

SC

As
is
shown
in
an
example
below,
T-Pass can be implemented as a solution for
almost any system design where superior
performance, dynamic design flexibility, and future
expandability is desired.

RX1 158.175

6 dB
Pad

RX2 158.220
RX3 158.275
50 Ohms

PS

Multi-channel combined transmit /


receiver multicoupler
System
Antenna
6-Section
RX Combline Filter
806-821 MHz

4-Section
TX Combline Filter
851-866 MHz

TX5
856.5625
-2.9 dB

C5

RX1 815.5625

1.25

RX2 814.5625
TX4
857.5625
-3.2 dB

RX3 813.5625
C4

RX4 812.5625
1.25

Fixed
Pad

RX5 811.5625
PS

50 Ohms
TX3
858.5625
-3.3 dB

TX2
859.5625
-3.2 dB

TX1
860.5625
-3.2 dB

50 Ohms

C3

50 Ohms
1.25

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

C2

Maximum Tx Power
12 W
Maximum Tx Channel Loss
-3.3 dB
Tx-Tx Isolation
-80 dB
Antenna - Tx Isolation
-70 dB
T-R Isolation @ Tx Frequencies
-80 dB
T-R Isolation @ Rx Frequencies
-90 dB
Typical System Sensitivity
0.24 uV
(antenna feedline loss ~ 2 dB, 0.25 uV Rx sensitivity,
net system gain set to +6.0 dB)

1.25

C1
1.25
SC

Multi-channel High performance Trunking multicoupler

www.rfi.com.au
178

Introduction to Receiver
Distribution Systems
RFI offers a family of modular-style, receiver multicouplers that utilise high level,
low noise, bipolar transistor preamplifiers and multichannel power dividers to
provide a dynamically expandable receiver multicoupler system.
Applications for the modules in this family include the improvement of receive
sensitivity, isolation measurement systems, boosting test equipment
(eg. spectrum analyser) sensitivity, and the distribution of signals to multiple
receivers or other equipment.
Using our "pyramid" style interconnection system, receiver multicouplers can be
provided in two (2) to sixty-four (64) or more distributed channels in standard
configurations, and customised designs can easily accommodate the
requirements of high density sites requiring even more channels!
Preamplifiers and dividers may be added over time, as needed, to keep pace with
the receiver multicoupler capacity requirements on an individual site-by-site basis,
therefore optimising expenditure on site equipment at all times. In addition, the
modular format of our units allow them to be easily reconfigured at any future date
to adapt to changes in antenna and associated receiver preselector installations
at a site should these occur. This modular flexibility also allows any of the
preamplifier or divider modules to be re-used on other sites if a site is
decommissioned at any time.
Preamplifier modules may be cascaded to provide higher levels of gain, or
individual units may be incorporated within complex distribution systems to
balance overall gain levels for particular channels.
Single stage module configurations are typically suitable for up to eight (8)
distributed channel outputs. A dual stage preamplifier typically has sufficient gain
to drive up to sixty-four (64) such channels. Our modular approach also allows
additional amplifier modules to be easily added, if required, to provide higher gain
for systems requiring more than 64 channels
In addition, passive attenuators are provided in all models to allow for the correct
settings of system gain within a given site configuration. When dual stage
preamplifiers are employed, the attenuator is connected between stages. In this
position the second stage will operate at the highest output signal level only when
maximum gain is required, obtaining the best IM performance possible over all
gain adjustments.
Preamp stages are individually shielded to provide stable high gain and to
minimise extraneous coupling in areas of high level RF fields. Each amplifier
stage has an op-amp controlled bias level to ensure stable gain and noise figure
performance across a wide temperature range and supply voltage variation.

Receiver Multicoupler System Expansion


Electrical and mechanical expandability is an
inherent characteristic of our modular receiver
multicoupler technology.

Starting a Receiver Multicoupler system


A receiver multicoupling system can be started with
a configuration for either two or four distributed
channels. Expanding onto the system in the above
example, we started the system with an initial four
(4) channels. By inserting a two-way and another
four-way divider as shown we can increase the
starter system's capacity to cater for up to eight (8)
distribution channels. The attenuator gain is
adjusted to compensate for the additional dividers.

Starting a system the first channels

Expanding a system adding more channels

179

Technical Support
Introduction to Receiver Distribution Systems
System Flexibility
As another example, lets start with a dual preamplifier stage,
four channel system and expand it out towards 64 channels.

Now we add the first expansion stage that expands the unit's
capacity to up to eight (8) channels. The attenuator gain is
adjusted to return the overall gain to the desired setting.

Significantly, output splitters may be located in another rack of equipment, separated from the rest of
the receiver multicoupler system, therefore un-cluttering site equipment room cabling.
Keeping the build of the "pyramid" style modular configuration
ensures that each output in the system has the same overall
gain as the others. Once again, the attenuator gain is adjusted
to return the overall gain to the desired setting.

As determined by the site's capacity requirements, we have


now added the required modules to provide for up to
twelve(12) channels. Each time a modular building block is
incorporated into the design, the attenuator gain may be
adjusted to return the overall gain to the desired setting.

Now we have commenced the next tier of the pyramid


modular structure. Implementing expansion in this way
ensures the overall gain is maintained at the same setting
for every channel in the system.
If alternate gains are desired within the system, the layer
structure of the pyramid can be configured to enable any
output (or group of outputs) to be configured with a higher
or lower gain than other outputs in the system.
By following the above expansion methodology, the
expansion of a site's receiver multicoupling using RFIsupplied expandable receiver multicoupling technology, can
truly follow the capacity requirements of the site into the
future.

www.rfi.com.au
180

Cavity Filters

Description
A resonant cavity filter is typically a two port device that allows signals to flow
between the two ports with a specific response characteristic applied. This
response characteristic is determined by the filter type, i.e. Bandpass, Standard
Notch, Series Notch, Vari-Notch also known as pseudo bandpass, or T-Pass.
The different response characteristics may be utilised within a design to provide a
desired overall performance result from the filter assembly.
Most RFI resonant cavity filters are made of seamless aluminium and finished with
a passivated alodined finish. They are manufactured using a 1/4" (6.35mm) thick
top cap that is heliarc welded at high RF current points to eliminate the generation
of unwanted noise and the need for periodic retuning caused by poor metal to
metal contact. In addition, these models use 1/10" (2.54mm) seamless aluminium
pipe walls that do not dent and detune like some thin walled copper resonating
cavities do, and has non-corrosive passivating coating (alodine) applied to the
inside, and the outside of the cavity shell. Erratic tuning problems, noise, high
loss, degraded selectivity, and corrosion are avoided by the use of quality
silver-plated tuning probes and contact fingers. In these models the loops are
calibrated for easy adjustment of insertion loss, also allowing easy replacement of
the loop to allow the reconfiguration of the cavity's response style for future re-use
in other applications.
In addition to tubular resonant cavities, RFI can also supply square styles that are
better suited to some requirements, and high Q dielectric cavities that offer
reduced physical size for applications where mounting space is at a premium.

Typical Applications
Individual or cascaded cavity filters may also be used as a solution in a variety of
interference management and frequency selectivity situations including;

Combining multiple transmitters and/or receivers to shared antennas.

Improving the performance of existing duplexers that have inadequate


isolation or off-channel interference rejection.

At crowded communications sites, cavity filters are ideal for quieting


noisy transmitters or for preventing transmitter intermodulation (I.M.)
mixing.

Frequency pre-selection / unwanted frequency rejection

Receiver front-end selectivity can be greatly enhanced by the use of


cavity filters - thus reducing or eliminating desensitisation and other
overload problems.

181

Technical Support
Cavity Filters
Filter Selection
The various cavity filter types are briefly described below to help identify the one(s) that best suit each
design performance requirement.

Bandpass

Passes one narrow band of frequencies and attenuates all others with
increasing attenuation above and below the pass frequency. A bandpass filter is
ideally suited to general transmitter spurious output filtering, or sharpening
receiver front-end selectivity. These cavities have adjustable selectivity
characteristics (rotatable loops) that provide a compromise between insertion
loss (0.5 - 3.0db) and selectivity. Maximum power handling is determined by the
insertion loss setting.
This filter is the best choice when interfering frequencies are not known to
any degree of accuracy or when very broadband filtering is required.

Series Notch
Passes a relatively wide band of frequencies while rejecting a very narrow band
of frequencies. Notch depth is variable from 15-25db typically.
This is the best filter for very close separations of frequencies (70KHz and
greater in Low Band, 70 - 200KHz in VHF High band, and 200-400KHz in
UHF). The wide passband can be an advantage when filtering multiplechannel transmitters and receivers.

Vari-Notch

Passes a relatively narrow band of frequencies and rejects (notches out) a


relatively wide frequency band. This filter has the greatest notch depth when
compared to other types. Notch depth is adjustable but is referenced to a
passband insertion loss (typically 0.3 or 0.6db). These filters are available in
both low-pass and high-pass configurations.
This is the best filter type for moderately close to wide frequency
separations (i.e. 200KHz or greater in VHF High band, or 400KHz or greater
in UHF).

T-Pass

Another type of cavity filter used for expandable transmit and receive
multicoupler applications. Characteristics are identical to a bandpass filter, but a
T-Pass filter has a third port connection for coupling to other channels.
This filter type is uniquely ideal for combining multiple transmitters and/or
receivers onto a common antenna system.
T-Pass cavity filters are presented in the Multicoupling Systems section of this
catalogue.

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
182

Technical Support
Cavity Filters
Insertion Loss versus Selectivity
The insertion loss of a cavity can be varied by adjusting its loops. Generally speaking, increasing the
insertion loss will increase the "Q" (or "selectivity") of the cavity and narrow (or "sharpen") the response
of the filter. This provides flexibility in designing a compromise between insertion loss and selectivity
to provide the particular response required in each application.
0

The curve at left shows the different selectivity of


bandpass cavities with their loops adjusted for
0.5db (the wider curve), and 1db (the narrower
curve) respectively. Note the differing attenuation
rates between the two curves as you move higher
or lower from the tuned centre frequency.

ATTENUATION dB

10
15
20
25
30
35
0.5dB

1.0dB

Cascading Filters

10

10

20

20

30

30

ATTENUATION dB

ATTENUATION dB

Cavities of similar (i.e. bandpass/bandpass) or different (i.e. bandpass/notch) filter types may be
cascaded in series, and sometimes parallel, to achieve a sum result of individual filter performance.

40
50
60

40
50
60

70

70

80

80
90

90
-1.0

-0.8

-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

fo

+0.2

Response of 3 cavities

+0.4

+0.6

+0.8

+1.0

-1.0

-0.8

-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

fo

+0.2

+0.4

+0.6

+0.8

+1.0

Response of 4 cavities

The above curves show the different selectivity of cascaded bandpass cavities. The curve on the left
represents three cavities with a combined insertion loss of 3.2db, and the right curve represents four
cavities with a combined insertion loss of 4.3db. Again, note the differing attenuation rates between
the two curves as you move higher or lower from the tuned centre frequency.
Up to 6db of additional attenuation may be obtainable if the optimum length interconnecting cables are
used between cascaded cavities (this additional 6db does not occur in the filter passband, but only at
the frequencies where moderate to high attenuation occurs). RFI provide the optimum cables as part
of any multi-cavity design configuration shipped from our factory, and we can also provide cables to
your order when you design or modify your own configurations.

Extra Reading
For some additional information on the use of the various cavity filter types, please read the following
TX RX Seminar Subjects papers - Interference Control through the use of Cavity Filters and Ferrite
Isolators, and Combating Spurious Output and Overloading with Cavity Filters.
Both can be found on our web site at - www.rfi.com.au
Or contact us to organise a copy to be sent out to you.

www.rfi.com.au
183

Introduction to Duplexers

Description
A duplexer is typically a three port device that allows two discrete signal paths,
known as its ports, to be combined onto a common or antenna port. Duplexers
are a commonly implemented solution for coupling a full duplex two-frequency
base station repeater to a single antenna.
Duplexers are most frequently designed to couple two discrete frequencies within
a frequency sub-band together. However, duplexers can also be designed with
broader responses on either (or both) of its two isolated ports to pass a range of
frequencies, increasing their flexibility for use in multi-channel and/or multi-band
systems.
In addition, units may be interconnected with other multicoupling devices to obtain
an overall sum result of their individual characteristics, thereby allowing
customised design performance requirements to be met for a diverse range of
frequency bands, power ratings, channel spacings, port isolation requirements,
and other "performance determining" characteristics.
Isolation is provided by the response of the duplexer to ensure that the two
isolated port's signals do not unacceptably interact with each other - i.e. cause
interference. The duplexer response characteristic is determined by the filter type
employed, i.e. Bandpass, Notch, or Vari-Notch.
Filtering combinations within one duplexer configuration create subtle
performance variations that can provide solutions to specific applications
requirements.
RFI duplexers are made of aluminium and, depending on the model and style,
finished with a painted or passivated alodined finish. Erratic tuning problems,
noise, high loss, degraded selectivity, and corrosion are avoided by the use of
quality tuning assemblies.
Duplexers are available in a variety of response characteristics, power handling
ratings and mounting styles to suit a range of applications. In addition, other
multicoupling devices (i.e. cavities, notch filters, etc) can be connected to a
duplexer to further customise its performance characteristics for specific
applications requirements.
In addition to our standard models, RFI can also design and manufacture
customised configurations to suit specialised operating frequency or mounting
requirements.

Typical Applications
Duplexers may be used as a solution in the following combining and frequency
selectivity situations;

184

Connecting a full duplex base station to a single antenna or radiating


coaxial cable.

Connecting multi-channel transmit or receive multicoupling systems to a


single antenna or radiating coaxial cable.

Technical Support
Introduction to Duplexers
Duplexer Selection
The various duplexer types are briefly described below to help identify the one(s) that best suit each
design performance requirement.

Bandpass

Passes one or several frequencies within a narrow pass band and attenuates all
others with increasing attenuation above and below this band. A bandpass
duplexer is ideally suited for use on busy transmission sites where the maximum
protection (isolation) is desirable at all other frequencies. This style of duplexer
uses bandpass cavities and therefore has the individual cavity's adjustable
selectivity characteristics (rotatable loops) that provide a compromise between
insertion loss (0.5 - 3.0db) and selectivity. Maximum power handling is
determined by the insertion loss setting.
This duplexer is the best choice on busy communications sites or where
there is a lot of background noise floor in other segments of the RF
spectrum (i.e. when very broadband filtering is required).

Series Notch

Passes a relatively wide band of frequencies while rejecting a very narrow band
of frequencies on each port. This style of duplexer offers the equipment
connected to it minimal protection (isolation) from frequencies other than those
connected to its ports, however this can be significantly improved by connecting
additional multicoupling devices (i.e. cavity filters) as required.
This style is suitable on sites with minimal other equipment, and is a good
duplexer for very close separations of frequencies.

Vari-Notch

Passes a relatively narrow band of frequencies and rejects (notches out) a


relatively wide frequency band on each port. This duplexer has the greatest
notch depth (isolation) when compared to other types. Notch depth is adjustable
but is referenced to a passband insertion loss (typically 0.3 or 0.6db). These
duplexers are available in both low-pass and high-pass configurations.
This duplexer is suitable for most installation applications on most
communications sites. This is the best duplexer type for moderately close
through to wide frequency separations.

T-Pass

Another type of duplexer for more specialised applications, or where the unique
connectivity capability of the T-Pass loop can be used to provide a solution to
the multicoupling requirement. Characteristics are identical to a bandpass
duplexer, but a T-Pass duplexer has the additional loop connection for coupling
to other multicoupling devices (i.e. a notch filter) to achieve an overall
performance characteristic, or to provide for adding extra channels to expand
the duplexer into a multi-channel combiner in the future.
This duplexer style can achieve unique performance characteristics
otherwise not available utilising the above duplexer styles.

www.rfi.com.au
185

Technical Support
Introduction to Duplexers
Enhancing Duplexer performance
Bandpass and/or notch cavity filters of similar (i.e. bandpass/bandpass) or different (i.e.
bandpass/notch) filter types may be added to a duplexer to achieve a sum result of individual
duplexer/filter performance.
In a similar way, alternate performance characteristics can be created to suit almost any application.
RFI would be pleased to assist in providing alternate duplexer solutions than the frequently requested
models represented in this catalogue.

Extra Reading
For some additional information on the use of duplexers, please read the following Tech-Aid paper Duplexer Problems and Remedies.
Available on our web site at - www.rfi.com.au - or contact us to organise a copy to be sent out to you.

This catalogue represents a sampling of our multicoupling products and services.

If the multicoupling solution you are looking for isn't here,


please contact your nearest RFI sales office for further assistance!

www.rfi.com.au
186

General
Engineering Data

Power In/Out versus Insertion Loss


Field accuracy of wattmeter readings is subject to considerable variance due to
RF connector VSWR and basic wattmeter accuracy, particularly at low end scale
readings. Allowing for these variances, this graph offers a convenient means of
determining the insertion loss of filter, duplexers, multicouplers, and related

.50
.25

1.0

2.0
1.5

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

6.5
6.0
5.5

INSERTION
LOSS (dB)

7.0

products.

500
400

INPUT POWER (WATTS)

300
250
200

150
125
100

75

50
50

75

100

125 150

200

250

300

400

500

OUTPUT POWER (WATTS)


FOR LOWER POWER LEVELS, DIVIDE
BOTH SCALES BY 10 (5 TO 50 WATTS)

187

Technical Support
General Engineering Data
Power FWD/REV versus VSWR

REFLECTED POWER (WATTS)


FOR OTHER POWER LEVELS, MULTIPLY
BOTH SCALES BY THE SAME MULTIPLIER

500
V
S
W
R

400
300
200

100

FORWARD POWER (WATTS)

1.1:1
50
40
1.15:1

30

1.2:1

20

1.25:1
10

1.3:1

1.4:1
5.0
4.0

1.5:1

3.0

1.6:1

2.0

1.8:1
2.0:1

1.0

2.5:1
3.0:1

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

2.0

4.0

6.0

10

8.0

20

40

0.5

REFLECTED POWER (WATTS)

www.rfi.com.au
188

Technical Support
General Engineering Data
Power and Voltage Ratios Conversion
CONVERSION TABLE
POWER AND VOLTAGE RATIO TO DB

TO FIND :
Voltage
Power and
Ratios
Current

GIVEN : Decibels

TO ACCOUNT FOR THE SIGN OF THE DECIBEL

For positive (+) values of the decibel - Both voltage and power
ratios are greater than unity. Use the two right-hand columns.
Example: Given 9.1dB; Find:
-dB+
Voltage Ratio

Power Ratio

dB

Voltage Ratio

+ 9.1 dB
- 9.1 dB
Power Ratio

For negative (-) values of the decibel - Both voltage and power
ratios are less than unity. Use the two left-hand columns.
Power Ratio

Voltage Ratio

8.128
0.1230

2.851
0.3508
Voltage Ratio

-dB+
Power Ratio

dB

Voltage Ratio

Power Ratio

1.0000

1.0000

0.0

1.000

1.000

0.5623

0.3162

5.0

1.778

3.162

0.9886

0.9772

0.1

1.012

1.023

0.5559

0.3090

5.1

1.799

3.236

0.9772

0.9550

0.2

1.023

1.047

0.5495

0.3020

5.2

1.820

3.311

0.9661

0.9333

0.3

1.035

1.072

0.5433

0.2951

5.3

1.841

3.388

0.9550

0.9120

0.4

1.047

1.096

0.5370

0.2884

5.4

1.862

3.467

0.9441

0.8913

0.5

1.059

1.122

0.5309

0.2818

5.5

1.884

3.548

0.9333

0.8710

0.6

1.072

1.148

0.5248

0.2754

5.6

1.905

3.631

0.9226

0.8511

0.7

1.084

1.175

0.5188

0.2692

5.7

1.928

3.715

0.9120

0.8318

0.8

1.096

1.202

0.5129

0.2630

5.8

1.905

3.802

0.9016

0.8128

0.9

1.109

1.230

0.5070

0.2570

5.9

1.972

3.890

0.8913

0.7943

1.0

1.122

1.259

0.5012

0.2512

6.0

1.995

3.981

0.8810

0.7762

1.1

1.135

1.288

0.4955

0.2455

6.1

2.018

4.074

0.8710

0.7586

1.2

1.148

1.318

0.4898

0.2399

6.2

2.042

4.169

0.8610

0.7413

1.3

1.161

1.349

0.4842

0.2344

6.3

2.065

4.286

0.8511

0.7244

1.4

1.175

1.380

0.4786

0.2291

6.4

2.089

4.365

0.8414

0.7079

1.5

1.189

1.413

0.4732

0.2239

6.5

2.113

4.467

0.8318

0.6918

1.6

1.202

1.445

0.4677

0.2188

6.6

2.138

4.571

0.8222

0.6761

1.7

1.216

1.479

0.4624

0.2138

6.7

2.163

4.677

0.8128

0.6607

1.8

1.230

1.514

0.4571

0.2089

6.8

2.188

4.786

0.8035

0.6457

1.9

1.245

1.549

0.4519

0.2042

6.9

2.213

4.898

0.7943

0.6319

2.0

1.259

1.585

0.4467

0.1995

7.0

2.239

5.012

0.7852

0.6166

2.1

1.274

1.622

0.4416

0.1950

7.1

2.265

5.129

0.7762

0.6026

2.2

1.288

1.660

0.4365

0.1905

7.2

2.291

5.248

0.7674

0.5888

2.3

1.303

1.698

0.4315

0.1862

7.3

2.317

5.370

0.7586

0.5754

3.4

1.318

1.738

0.4266

0.1820

7.4

2.344

5.495

0.7499

0.5623

2.5

1.334

1.778

0.4217

0.1778

7.5

2.371

5.623

0.7413

0.5495

2.6

1.349

1.820

0.4169

0.1738

7.6

2.399

5.754

0.7328

0.5370

2.7

1.365

1.862

0.4121

0.1698

7.7

2.427

5.888

0.7244

0.5248

2.8

1.381

1.905

0.4074

0.1660

7.8

2.455

6.026

0.7161

0.5129

2.9

1.396

1.950

0.4027

0.1622

7.9

2.483

6.166

0.7079

0.5012

3.0

1.413

1.995

0.3981

0.1585

8.0

2.512

6.310

0.6998

0.4808

3.1

1.429

2.042

0.3936

0.1549

8.1

2.541

6.457

0.6918

0.4786

3.2

1.445

2.089

0.3890

0.1514

8.2

2.570

6.607

0.6839

0.4677

3.3

1.462

2.138

0.3846

0.1479

8.3

2.600

6.761

0.6761

0.4571

3.4

1.479

2.188

0.3802

0.1445

8.4

2.630

6.918

0.6683

0.4467

3.5

1.496

2.239

0.3758

0.1413

8.5

2.661

7.079

0.6607

0.4365

3.6

1.514

2.291

0.3715

0.1380

8.6

2.692

7.244

0.6531

0.4266

3.7

1.531

2.344

0.3673

0.1349

8.7

2.723

7.413

0.6457

0.4169

3.8

1.549

2.399

0.3631

0.1318

8.8

2.754

7.586

0.6383

0.4074

3.9

1.567

2.455

0.3589

0.1288

8.9

2.786

7.762

0.6310

0.3981

4.0

1.585

2.512

0.3548

0.1259

9.0

2.818

7.943

0.6237

0.3890

4.1

1.603

2.570

0.3508

0.1230

9.1

2.851

8.128

0.6166

0.3802

4.2

1.622

2.630

0.3467

0.1202

9.2

2.884

8.318

0.6095

0.3715

4.3

1.641

2.692

0.3428

0.1175

9.3

2.917

8.511

0.6026

0.3631

4.4

1.660

2.754

0.3388

0.1148

9.4

2.951

8.710

0.5957

0.3548

4.5

1.679

2.818

0.3350

0.1122

9.5

2.985

8.913

0.5888

0.3467

4.6

1.698

2.884

0.3311

0.1096

9.6

3.020

9.120

0.5821

0.3388

4.7

1.718

2.951

0.3273

0.0172

9.7

3.055

9.333

0.5754

0.3311

4.8

1.738

3.020

0.3236

0.1047

9.8

3.090

9.550

0.5689

0.3236

4.9

1.758

3.090

0.3199

0.1023

9.9

3.126

9.772

www.rfi.com.au
189

Technical Support
General Engineering Data

Isolation Curves for Transmitter / Receiver Separations


The curves shown below for use with filters, duplexers, and multicouplers, indicate the amount of
isolation or attenuation required between a typical 100 watt transmitter and its associated receiver at
the Tx (carrier suppression) and Rx (noise suppression) frequency which will result in no more than a
1 dB degradation of the 12 dB SINAD sensitivity.

100

FREQUENCY SEPARATION (MHz)

132 - 174 MHz BAND

90

80

70

ATTENUATION (dB)

60
50

For TX Power of:


25 watts - subtract 6 dB
50 watts - subtract 3 dB
100 watts - no correction
250 watts - add 4 dB
350 watts - add 5.5 dB

40
.2
100

.3

.4

.5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1

6 7 8 9 10

6 7 8 9 10

FREQUENCY SEPARATION (MHz)

400 - 512 MHz BAND

90

80

70

60
50

For TX Power of:


25 watts - subtract 6 dB
50 watts - subtract 3 dB
100 watts - no correction
250 watts - add 4 dB
350 watts - add 5.5 dB

40
.2

.3

.4

.5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1

www.rfi.com.au
190

Technical Support
General Engineering Data
Isolation vs Antenna Separation

Attenuation provided by VERTICAL separation of dipole antennas

Attenuation provided by HORIZONTAL separation of dipole antennas

www.rfi.com.au
191

Technical Support
General Engineering Data

Conversion of VSWR to Return Loss


VSWR

dB

VSWR

dB

VSWR

dB

1.01

46.06

1.55

13.32

3.52

1.02

40.09

1.60

12.74

2.92

1.03

36.61

1.65

12.21

2.50

1.04

34.15

1.70

11.73

2.18

1.05

32.26

1.75

11.29

1.94

1.06

30.71

1.80

10.88

10

1.74

1.07

29.42

1.85

10.51

11

1.58

1.08

28.30

1.90

10.16

12

1.45

1.09

27.32

1.95

9.84

13

1.34

1.10

26.44

2.00

9.54

14

1.24

1.11

25.66

2.05

9.26

15

1.16

1.12

24.94

2.10

9.00

16

1.09

1.13

24.29

2.15

8.75

17

1.02

1.14

23.69

2.20

8.52

18

0.97

1.15

23.13

2.25

8.30

19

0.92

1.16

22.61

2.30

8.09

20

0.87

1.17

22.12

2.35

7.89

25

0.70

1.18

21.66

2.40

7.71

30

0.58

1.19

21.23

2.45

7.53

35

0.50

1.20

20.83

2.50

7.36

40

0.43

1.21

20.44

2.55

7.20

45

0.39

1.22

20.08

2.60

7.04

50

0.35

1.23

19.73

2.65

6.90

55

0.32

1.24

19.40

2.70

6.76

60

0.29

1.25

19.08

2.75

6.62

65

0.27

1.26

18.78

2.80

6.49

70

0.25

1.27

18.49

2.85

6.37

75

0.23

1.28

18.22

2.90

6.25

80

0.22

1.29

17.95

2.95

6.13

85

0.20

1.30

17.69

3.00

6.02

90

0.19

1.31

17.45

3.05

5.91

95

0.18

1.32

17.21

3.10

5.81

100

0.17

1.33

16.98

3.15

5.71

150

0.12

1.34

16.75

3.20

5.62

200

0.09

1.35

16.54

3.25

5.52

250

0.07

1.36

16.33

3.30

5.43

300

0.06

1.37

16.13

3.35

5.35

350

0.05

1.38

15.94

3.40

5.26

400

0.04

1.39

15.75

3.45

5.18

450

0.04

1.40

15.56

3.50

5.11

500

0.03

1.41

15.38

3.55

5.03

1000

0.02

1.42

15.21

3.60

4.96

1.43

15.04

3.65

4.88

1.44

14.88

3.70

4.81

1.45

14.72

3.75

4.75

1.46

14.56

3.80

4.68

1.47

14.41

3.85

4.62

1.48

14.26

3.90

4.56

1.49

14.12

3.95

4.50

1.50

13.98

4.00

4.44

www.rfi.com.au
192